2000-03-31 05:27:42 +02:00
|
|
|
<!--
|
2004-04-20 03:11:49 +02:00
|
|
|
$PostgreSQL: pgsql/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml,v 1.151 2004/04/20 01:11:49 momjian Exp $
|
2000-03-31 05:27:42 +02:00
|
|
|
-->
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-04 19:54:07 +01:00
|
|
|
<chapter id="libpq">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> - C Library</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq">
|
|
|
|
<primary>libpq</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq">
|
|
|
|
<primary>C</primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> is the <acronym>C</acronym>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
application programmer's interface to
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>. <application>libpq</application> is a set
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
of library functions that allow client programs to pass queries to the
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> backend server and to receive the
|
|
|
|
results of these queries. <application>libpq</application> is also the
|
|
|
|
underlying engine for several other <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
|
2004-04-20 03:11:49 +02:00
|
|
|
application interfaces, including those written for C++, TCL, Perl, Python
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<application>ECPG</application>. So some aspects of <application>libpq</>'s behavior will be
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
important to you if you use one of those packages.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Some short programs are included at the end of this chapter (<xref linkend="libpq-example">) to show how
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
to write programs that use <application>libpq</application>. There are also several
|
|
|
|
complete examples of <application>libpq</application> applications in the
|
|
|
|
directory <filename>src/test/examples</filename> in the source code distribution.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Client programs that use <application>libpq</application> must
|
|
|
|
include the header file
|
|
|
|
<filename>libpq-fe.h</filename><indexterm><primary>libpq-fe.h</></>
|
|
|
|
and must link with the <application>libpq</application> library.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-connect">
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<title>Database Connection Control Functions</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The following functions deal with making a connection to a
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> backend server. An
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
application program can have several backend connections open at
|
|
|
|
one time. (One reason to do that is to access more than one
|
|
|
|
database.) Each connection is represented by a
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</><indexterm><primary>PGconn</></> object which
|
|
|
|
is obtained from the function <function>PQconnectdb</> or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetdbLogin</>. Note that these functions will always
|
|
|
|
return a non-null object pointer, unless perhaps there is too
|
|
|
|
little memory even to allocate the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
|
|
|
The <function>PQstatus</> function should be called to check
|
|
|
|
whether a connection was successfully made before queries are sent
|
|
|
|
via the connection object.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectdb</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectdb</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGconn *PQconnectdb(const char *conninfo);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function opens a new database connection using the parameters taken
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
from the string <literal>conninfo</literal>. Unlike <function>PQsetdbLogin</> below,
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
the parameter set can be extended without changing the function signature,
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
so use of this function (or its nonblocking analogues <function>PQconnectStart</>
|
|
|
|
and <function>PQconnectPoll</function>) is preferred for new application programming.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The passed string
|
|
|
|
can be empty to use all default parameters, or it can contain one or more
|
|
|
|
parameter settings separated by whitespace.
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Each parameter setting is in the form <literal>keyword = value</literal>.
|
2001-11-19 04:58:25 +01:00
|
|
|
(To write an empty value or a value containing
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
spaces, surround it with single quotes, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<literal>keyword = 'a value'</literal>.
|
2001-11-19 04:58:25 +01:00
|
|
|
Single quotes and backslashes within the value must be escaped with a
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
backslash, i.e., <literal>\'</literal> and <literal>\\</literal>.)
|
|
|
|
Spaces around the equal sign are optional.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The currently recognized parameter key words are:
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>host</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Name of host to connect to.<indexterm><primary>host name</></>
|
|
|
|
If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
communication rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is the
|
|
|
|
name of the directory in which the socket file is stored. The
|
|
|
|
default is to connect to a Unix-domain socket in
|
|
|
|
<filename>/tmp</filename>.<indexterm><primary>Unix domain
|
|
|
|
socket</></>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>hostaddr</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Numeric IP address of host to connect to. This should be in the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
standard IPv4 address format, e.g., <literal>172.28.40.9</>. If
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
your machine supports IPv6, you can also use those addresses.
|
|
|
|
TCP/IP communication is
|
|
|
|
always used when a nonempty string is specified for this parameter.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Using <literal>hostaddr</> instead of <literal>host</> allows the
|
|
|
|
application to avoid a host name look-up, which may be important in
|
|
|
|
applications with time constraints. However, Kerberos authentication
|
|
|
|
requires the host name. The following therefore applies: If
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> is specified without <literal>hostaddr</>, a host name
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
lookup occurs. If <literal>hostaddr</> is specified without
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>host</>, the value for <literal>hostaddr</> gives the remote
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
address. When Kerberos is used, a reverse name query occurs to obtain
|
|
|
|
the host name for Kerberos. If both
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>host</> and <literal>hostaddr</> are specified, the value for
|
|
|
|
<literal>hostaddr</> gives the remote address; the value for
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> is ignored, unless Kerberos is used, in which case that
|
|
|
|
value is used for Kerberos authentication. (Note that authentication is
|
|
|
|
likely to fail if <application>libpq</application> is passed a host name
|
|
|
|
that is not the name of the machine at <literal>hostaddr</>.) Also,
|
|
|
|
<literal>host</> rather than <literal>hostaddr</> is used to identify
|
|
|
|
the connection in <filename>$HOME/.pgpass</>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
Without either a host name or host address,
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> will connect using a
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
local Unix domain socket.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>port</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Port number to connect to at the server host, or socket file
|
|
|
|
name extension for Unix-domain
|
|
|
|
connections.<indexterm><primary>port</></>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>dbname</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The database name. Defaults to be the same as the user name.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>user</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> user name to connect as.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>password</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Password to be used if the server demands password authentication.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2002-08-17 14:33:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>connect_timeout</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
Maximum wait for connection, in seconds (write as a decimal integer
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
string). Zero or not specified means wait indefinitely. It is not
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
recommended to use a timeout of less than 2 seconds.
|
2002-08-17 14:33:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>options</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
Command-line options to be sent to the server.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<term><literal>tty</literal></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-18 00:26:02 +02:00
|
|
|
Ignored (formerly, this specified where to send server debug output).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
At long last I put together a patch to support 4 client SSL negotiation
modes (and replace the requiressl boolean). The four options were first
spelled out by Magnus Hagander <mha@sollentuna.net> on 2000-08-23 in email
to pgsql-hackers, archived here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2000-08/msg00639.php
My original less-flexible patch and the ensuing thread are archived at:
http://dbforums.com/t623845.html
Attached is a new patch, including documentation.
To sum up, there's a new client parameter "sslmode" and environment
variable "PGSSLMODE", with these options:
sslmode description
------- -----------
disable Unencrypted non-SSL only
allow Negotiate, prefer non-SSL
prefer Negotiate, prefer SSL (default)
require Require SSL
The only change to the server is a new pg_hba.conf line type,
"hostnossl", for specifying connections that are not allowed to use SSL
(for example, to prevent servers on a local network from accidentally
using SSL and wasting cycles). Thus the 3 pg_hba.conf line types are:
pg_hba.conf line types
----------------------
host applies to either SSL or regular connections
hostssl applies only to SSL connections
hostnossl applies only to regular connections
These client and server options, the postgresql.conf ssl = false option,
and finally the possibility of compiling with no SSL support at all,
make quite a range of combinations to test. I threw together a test
script to try many of them out. It's in a separate tarball with its
config files, a patch to psql so it'll announce SSL connections even in
absence of a tty, and the test output. The test is especially informative
when run on the same tty the postmaster was started on, so the FATAL:
errors during negotiation are interleaved with the psql client output.
I saw Tom write that new submissions for 7.4 have to be in before midnight
local time, and since I'm on the east coast in the US, this just makes it
in before the bell. :)
Jon Jensen
2003-07-26 15:50:02 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>sslmode</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This option determines whether or with what priority an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection will be negotiated with the
|
|
|
|
server. There are four modes: <literal>disable</> will attempt
|
|
|
|
only an unencrypted <acronym>SSL</> connection;
|
|
|
|
<literal>allow</> will negotiate, trying first a
|
|
|
|
non-<acronym>SSL</> connection, then if that fails, trying an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>prefer</> (the default)
|
|
|
|
will negotiate, trying first an <acronym>SSL</> connection,
|
|
|
|
then if that fails, trying a regular non-<acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection; <literal>require</> will try only an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If <productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled without SSL support,
|
|
|
|
using option <literal>require</> will cause an error, and
|
|
|
|
options <literal>allow</> and <literal>prefer</> will be
|
|
|
|
tolerated but <application>libpq</> will be unable to negotiate
|
|
|
|
an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection.<indexterm><primary>SSL</><secondary
|
|
|
|
sortas="libpq">with libpq</></indexterm>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
At long last I put together a patch to support 4 client SSL negotiation
modes (and replace the requiressl boolean). The four options were first
spelled out by Magnus Hagander <mha@sollentuna.net> on 2000-08-23 in email
to pgsql-hackers, archived here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2000-08/msg00639.php
My original less-flexible patch and the ensuing thread are archived at:
http://dbforums.com/t623845.html
Attached is a new patch, including documentation.
To sum up, there's a new client parameter "sslmode" and environment
variable "PGSSLMODE", with these options:
sslmode description
------- -----------
disable Unencrypted non-SSL only
allow Negotiate, prefer non-SSL
prefer Negotiate, prefer SSL (default)
require Require SSL
The only change to the server is a new pg_hba.conf line type,
"hostnossl", for specifying connections that are not allowed to use SSL
(for example, to prevent servers on a local network from accidentally
using SSL and wasting cycles). Thus the 3 pg_hba.conf line types are:
pg_hba.conf line types
----------------------
host applies to either SSL or regular connections
hostssl applies only to SSL connections
hostnossl applies only to regular connections
These client and server options, the postgresql.conf ssl = false option,
and finally the possibility of compiling with no SSL support at all,
make quite a range of combinations to test. I threw together a test
script to try many of them out. It's in a separate tarball with its
config files, a patch to psql so it'll announce SSL connections even in
absence of a tty, and the test output. The test is especially informative
when run on the same tty the postmaster was started on, so the FATAL:
errors during negotiation are interleaved with the psql client output.
I saw Tom write that new submissions for 7.4 have to be in before midnight
local time, and since I'm on the east coast in the US, this just makes it
in before the bell. :)
Jon Jensen
2003-07-26 15:50:02 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>requiressl</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This option is deprecated in favor of the <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If set to 1, an <acronym>SSL</acronym> connection to the server
|
|
|
|
is required (this is equivalent to <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
<literal>require</>). <application>libpq</> will then refuse
|
|
|
|
to connect if the server does not accept an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</acronym> connection. If set to 0 (default),
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> will negotiate the connection type with
|
|
|
|
the server (equivalent to <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
<literal>prefer</>). This option is only available if
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled with SSL support.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2003-01-07 05:25:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>service</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Service name to use for additional parameters. It specifies a service
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
name in <filename>pg_service.conf</filename> that holds additional connection parameters.
|
2003-01-07 05:25:29 +01:00
|
|
|
This allows applications to specify only a service name so connection parameters
|
2003-02-14 02:32:31 +01:00
|
|
|
can be centrally maintained. See
|
2003-02-14 03:21:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<filename><replaceable>PREFIX</>/share/pg_service.conf.sample</> for
|
2003-01-07 05:25:29 +01:00
|
|
|
information on how to set up the file.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If any parameter is unspecified, then the corresponding
|
2001-09-13 17:55:24 +02:00
|
|
|
environment variable (see <xref linkend="libpq-envars">)
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
is checked. If the environment variable is not set either,
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
then built-in defaults are used.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetdbLogin</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetdbLogin</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
PGconn *PQsetdbLogin(const char *pghost,
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
const char *pgport,
|
|
|
|
const char *pgoptions,
|
|
|
|
const char *pgtty,
|
|
|
|
const char *dbName,
|
|
|
|
const char *login,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
const char *pwd);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
This is the predecessor of <function>PQconnectdb</function> with a fixed
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
set of parameters. It has the same functionality except that the
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
missing parameters will always take on default values. Write <symbol>NULL</symbol> or an
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
empty string for any one of the fixed parameters that is to be defaulted.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetdb</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetdb</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Makes a new connection to the database server.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
PGconn *PQsetdb(char *pghost,
|
|
|
|
char *pgport,
|
|
|
|
char *pgoptions,
|
|
|
|
char *pgtty,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *dbName);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
This is a macro that calls <function>PQsetdbLogin</function> with null pointers
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
for the <parameter>login</> and <parameter>pwd</> parameters. It is provided
|
|
|
|
for backward compatibility with very old programs.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectStart</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectStart</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconnectPoll</function><indexterm><primary>PQconnectPoll</></></term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>nonblocking connection</primary></indexterm>
|
|
|
|
Make a connection to the database server in a nonblocking manner.
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
PGconn *PQconnectStart(const char *conninfo);
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
PostgresPollingStatusType PQconnectPoll(PGconn *conn);
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These two functions are used to open a connection to a database server such
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
that your application's thread of execution is not blocked on remote I/O
|
|
|
|
whilst doing so.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The point of this approach is that the waits for I/O to complete can occur
|
|
|
|
in the application's main loop, rather than down inside
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</>, and so the application can manage this
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
operation in parallel with other activities.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
The database connection is made using the parameters taken from the string
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>conninfo</literal>, passed to <function>PQconnectStart</function>. This string is in
|
|
|
|
the same format as described above for <function>PQconnectdb</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Neither <function>PQconnectStart</function> nor <function>PQconnectPoll</function> will block, so long as a number of
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
restrictions are met:
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
The <literal>hostaddr</> and <literal>host</> parameters are used appropriately to ensure that
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
name and reverse name queries are not made. See the documentation of
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
these parameters under <function>PQconnectdb</function> above for details.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
If you call <function>PQtrace</function>, ensure that the stream object
|
|
|
|
into which you trace will not block.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
You ensure that the socket is in the appropriate state
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
before calling <function>PQconnectPoll</function>, as described below.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
To begin a nonblocking connection request, call <literal>conn = PQconnectStart("<replaceable>connection_info_string</>")</literal>.
|
|
|
|
If <varname>conn</varname> is null, then <application>libpq</> has been unable to allocate a new <structname>PGconn</>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
structure. Otherwise, a valid <structname>PGconn</> pointer is returned (though not yet
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
representing a valid connection to the database). On return from
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectStart</function>, call <literal>status = PQstatus(conn)</literal>. If <varname>status</varname> equals
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<symbol>CONNECTION_BAD</symbol>, <function>PQconnectStart</function> has failed.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
If <function>PQconnectStart</> succeeds, the next stage is to poll
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> so that it may proceed with the connection sequence.
|
|
|
|
Use <function>PQsocket(conn)</function> to obtain the descriptor of the
|
|
|
|
socket underlying the database connection.
|
|
|
|
Loop thus: If <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_READING</symbol>, wait until the socket is ready to
|
|
|
|
read (as indicated by <function>select()</>, <function>poll()</>, or
|
|
|
|
similar system function).
|
|
|
|
Then call <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> again.
|
|
|
|
Conversely, if <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_WRITING</symbol>, wait until the socket is ready
|
|
|
|
to write, then call <function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> again.
|
|
|
|
If you have yet to call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll</function>, i.e., just after the call to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectStart</function>, behave as if it last returned
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_WRITING</symbol>. Continue this loop until
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll(conn)</function> returns
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_POLLING_FAILED</symbol>, indicating the connection procedure
|
|
|
|
has failed, or <symbol>PGRES_POLLING_OK</symbol>, indicating the connection
|
|
|
|
has been successfully made.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
At any time during connection, the status of the connection may be
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
checked by calling <function>PQstatus</>. If this gives <symbol>CONNECTION_BAD</>, then the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
connection procedure has failed; if it gives <function>CONNECTION_OK</>, then the
|
|
|
|
connection is ready. Both of these states are equally detectable
|
|
|
|
from the return value of <function>PQconnectPoll</>, described above. Other states may also occur
|
|
|
|
during (and only during) an asynchronous connection procedure. These
|
|
|
|
indicate the current stage of the connection procedure and may be useful
|
|
|
|
to provide feedback to the user for example. These statuses are:
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_STARTED</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Waiting for connection to be made.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_MADE</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Connection OK; waiting to send.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
Waiting for a response from the server.
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_AUTH_OK</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Received authentication; waiting for backend start-up to finish.
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP</symbol></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Negotiating SSL encryption.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>CONNECTION_SETENV</symbol></term>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Negotiating environment-driven parameter settings.
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note that, although these constants will remain (in order to maintain
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
compatibility), an application should never rely upon these appearing in a
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
particular order, or at all, or on the status always being one of these
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
documented values. An application might do something like this:
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2001-10-31 21:39:30 +01:00
|
|
|
switch(PQstatus(conn))
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
case CONNECTION_STARTED:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connecting...";
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case CONNECTION_MADE:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connected to server...";
|
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
.
|
2001-10-31 21:39:30 +01:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
feedback = "Connecting...";
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The <literal>connect_timeout</literal> connection parameter is ignored
|
|
|
|
when using <function>PQconnectPoll</function>; it is the application's
|
|
|
|
responsibility to decide whether an excessive amount of time has elapsed.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, <function>PQconnectStart</function> followed by a
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectPoll</function> loop is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2000-01-18 07:09:24 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Note that if <function>PQconnectStart</function> returns a non-null pointer, you must call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfinish</function> when you are finished with it, in order to dispose of
|
|
|
|
the structure and any associated memory blocks. This must be done even if
|
|
|
|
the connection attempt fails or is abandoned.
|
2000-01-18 07:09:24 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconndefaults</function><indexterm><primary>PQconndefaults</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the default connection options.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
PQconninfoOption *PQconndefaults(void);
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
typedef struct
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *keyword; /* The keyword of the option */
|
|
|
|
char *envvar; /* Fallback environment variable name */
|
|
|
|
char *compiled; /* Fallback compiled in default value */
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
char *val; /* Option's current value, or NULL */
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
char *label; /* Label for field in connect dialog */
|
|
|
|
char *dispchar; /* Character to display for this field
|
|
|
|
in a connect dialog. Values are:
|
|
|
|
"" Display entered value as is
|
|
|
|
"*" Password field - hide value
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
"D" Debug option - don't show by default */
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int dispsize; /* Field size in characters for dialog */
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
} PQconninfoOption;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns a connection options array. This may
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
be used to determine all possible <function>PQconnectdb</function> options and their
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
current default values. The return value points to an array of
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<structname>PQconninfoOption</structname> structures, which ends with an entry having a null
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<structfield>keyword</> pointer. Note that the current default values
|
|
|
|
(<structfield>val</structfield> fields)
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
will depend on environment variables and other context.
|
|
|
|
Callers must treat the connection options data as read-only.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
After processing the options array, free it by passing it to
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconninfoFree</function>. If this is not done, a small amount of memory
|
|
|
|
is leaked for each call to <function>PQconndefaults</function>.
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfinish</function><indexterm><primary>PQfinish</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Closes the connection to the server. Also frees
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
memory used by the <structname>PGconn</structname> object.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
void PQfinish(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that even if the server connection attempt fails (as
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
indicated by <function>PQstatus</function>), the application should call <function>PQfinish</function>
|
|
|
|
to free the memory used by the <structname>PGconn</structname> object.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The <structname>PGconn</> pointer must not be used again after
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfinish</function> has been called.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQreset</function><indexterm><primary>PQreset</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Resets the communication channel to the server.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
void PQreset(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
This function will close the connection
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
to the server and attempt to reestablish a new
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
connection to the same server, using all the same
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
parameters previously used. This may be useful for
|
|
|
|
error recovery if a working connection is lost.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresetStart</function><indexterm><primary>PQresetStart</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresetPoll</function><indexterm><primary>PQresetPoll</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Reset the communication channel to the server, in a nonblocking manner.
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQresetStart(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PostgresPollingStatusType PQresetPoll(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions will close the connection to the server and attempt to
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
reestablish a new connection to the same server, using all the same
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
parameters previously used. This may be useful for error recovery if a
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
working connection is lost. They differ from <function>PQreset</function> (above) in that they
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
act in a nonblocking manner. These functions suffer from the same
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
restrictions as <function>PQconnectStart</> and <function>PQconnectPoll</>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
To initiate a connection reset, call <function>PQresetStart</function>. If it returns 0, the reset has failed. If it returns 1,
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
poll the reset using <function>PQresetPoll</function> in exactly the same way as you would
|
|
|
|
create the connection using <function>PQconnectPoll</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-30 04:08:19 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-status">
|
|
|
|
<title>Connection Status Functions</title>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions may be used to interrogate the status
|
|
|
|
of an existing database connection object.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<tip>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>libpq-fe.h</></>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>libpq-int.h</></>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> application programmers should be careful to
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
maintain the <structname>PGconn</structname> abstraction. Use the accessor
|
|
|
|
functions described below to get
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
at the contents of <structname>PGconn</structname>. Avoid directly referencing the fields of the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</> structure because they are subject to change in the future.
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
(Beginning in <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> release 6.4, the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
definition of the <type>struct</type> behind <structname>PGconn</> is not even provided in <filename>libpq-fe.h</filename>.
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
If you have old code that accesses <structname>PGconn</structname> fields directly, you can keep using it
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
by including <filename>libpq-int.h</filename> too, but you are encouraged to fix the code
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
soon.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</tip>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The following functions return parameter values established at connection.
|
|
|
|
These values are fixed for the life of the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQdb</function><indexterm><primary>PQdb</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the database name of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQdb(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQuser</function><indexterm><primary>PQuser</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the user name of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQuser(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQpass</function><indexterm><primary>PQpass</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the password of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQpass(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQhost</function><indexterm><primary>PQhost</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the server host name of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQhost(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQport</function><indexterm><primary>PQport</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the port of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQport(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQtty</function><indexterm><primary>PQtty</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the debug <acronym>TTY</acronym> of the connection.
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
(This is obsolete, since the server no longer pays attention
|
|
|
|
to the <acronym>TTY</acronym> setting, but the function remains
|
|
|
|
for backwards compatibility.)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQtty(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQoptions</function><indexterm><primary>PQoptions</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the command-line options passed in the connection request.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQoptions(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The following functions return status data that can change as operations
|
|
|
|
are executed on the <structname>PGconn</> object.
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQstatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQstatus</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the status of the connection.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
ConnStatusType PQstatus(const PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The status can be one of a number of values.
|
|
|
|
However, only two of these are
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
seen outside of an asynchronous connection procedure:
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_OK</literal> and
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal>. A good
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
connection to the database has the status <literal>CONNECTION_OK</literal>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
A failed connection
|
|
|
|
attempt is signaled by status
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal>.
|
|
|
|
Ordinarily, an OK status will remain so until
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfinish</function>, but a
|
|
|
|
communications failure might result in the status changing to
|
|
|
|
<literal>CONNECTION_BAD</literal> prematurely.
|
|
|
|
In that case the application
|
|
|
|
could try to recover by calling <function>PQreset</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
See the entry for <function>PQconnectStart</> and <function>PQconnectPoll</> with regards
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
to other status codes
|
|
|
|
that might be seen.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQtransactionStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQtransactionStatus</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGTransactionStatusType PQtransactionStatus(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The status can be <literal>PQTRANS_IDLE</literal> (currently idle),
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_ACTIVE</literal> (a command is in progress),
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_INTRANS</literal> (idle, in a valid transaction block),
|
|
|
|
or <literal>PQTRANS_INERROR</literal> (idle, in a failed transaction block).
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_UNKNOWN</literal> is reported if the connection is bad.
|
|
|
|
<literal>PQTRANS_ACTIVE</literal> is reported only when a query
|
|
|
|
has been sent to the server and not yet completed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<caution>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQtransactionStatus</> will give incorrect results when using
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
a <productname>PostgreSQL</> 7.3 server that has the parameter <literal>autocommit</>
|
|
|
|
set to off. The server-side autocommit feature has been
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
deprecated and does not exist in later server versions.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</caution>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQparameterStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQparameterStatus</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
const char *PQparameterStatus(const PGconn *conn, const char *paramName);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain parameter values are reported by the server automatically at
|
|
|
|
connection startup or whenever their values change.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparameterStatus</> can be used to interrogate these settings.
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
It returns the current value of a parameter if known, or <symbol>NULL</symbol> if the parameter
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
is not known.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Parameters reported as of the current release include
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_version</> (cannot change after startup);
|
2003-06-27 21:08:38 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>client_encoding</>,
|
2003-09-04 00:05:09 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>is_superuser</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>session_authorization</literal>, and
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>DateStyle</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-09-02 01:04:49 +02:00
|
|
|
Pre-3.0-protocol servers do not report parameter settings, but
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> includes logic to obtain values for
|
|
|
|
<literal>server_version</>, and <literal>client_encoding</>.
|
|
|
|
Applications are encouraged to use <function>PQparameterStatus</>
|
|
|
|
rather than ad-hoc code to determine these values. (Beware however
|
|
|
|
that on a pre-3.0 connection, changing <literal>client_encoding</> via
|
|
|
|
<command>SET</> after connection startup will not be reflected by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQparameterStatus</>.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQprotocolVersion</function><indexterm><primary>PQprotocolVersion</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Interrogates the frontend/backend protocol being used.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQprotocolVersion(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Applications may wish to use this to determine whether certain features
|
|
|
|
are supported.
|
|
|
|
Currently, the possible values are 2 (2.0 protocol), 3 (3.0 protocol),
|
|
|
|
or zero (connection bad). This will not change after connection
|
|
|
|
startup is complete, but it could theoretically change during a reset.
|
|
|
|
The 3.0 protocol will normally be used when communicating with
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> 7.4 or later servers; pre-7.4 servers support
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
only protocol 2.0. (Protocol 1.0 is obsolete and not supported by <application>libpq</application>.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQerrorMessage</function><indexterm><primary>PQerrorMessage</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>error message</></>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the error message most recently generated by
|
|
|
|
an operation on the connection.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQerrorMessage(const PGconn *conn);
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Nearly all <application>libpq</> functions will set a message for
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> if they fail.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that by <application>libpq</application> convention, a nonempty
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> result will
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
include a trailing newline. The caller should not free the result
|
|
|
|
directly. It will be freed when the associated <structname>PGconn</>
|
|
|
|
handle is passed to <function>PQfinish</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsocket</function><indexterm><primary>PQsocket</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Obtains the file descriptor number of the connection socket to
|
|
|
|
the server. A valid descriptor will be greater than or equal
|
|
|
|
to 0; a result of -1 indicates that no server connection is
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
currently open. (This will not change during normal operation,
|
|
|
|
but could change during connection setup or reset.)
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsocket(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQbackendPID</function><indexterm><primary>PQbackendPID</></></term>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the process <acronym>ID</acronym>
|
|
|
|
(PID)<indexterm><primary>PID</><secondary>determining PID of
|
|
|
|
server process</><tertiary>in libpq</></> of the backend server
|
|
|
|
process handling this connection.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQbackendPID(const PGconn *conn);
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
The backend <acronym>PID</acronym> is useful for debugging
|
2003-02-19 04:59:02 +01:00
|
|
|
purposes and for comparison to <command>NOTIFY</command>
|
|
|
|
messages (which include the <acronym>PID</acronym> of the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
notifying backend process). Note that the
|
|
|
|
<acronym>PID</acronym> belongs to a process executing on the
|
|
|
|
database server host, not the local host!
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetssl</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetssl</></></term>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>SSL</><secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</secondary></indexterm>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the SSL structure used in the connection, or null
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
if SSL is not in use.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
SSL *PQgetssl(const PGconn *conn);
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2000-08-29 06:15:43 +02:00
|
|
|
This structure can be used to verify encryption levels, check
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
server certificates, and more. Refer to the <productname>OpenSSL</> documentation
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
for information about this structure.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
You must define <symbol>USE_SSL</symbol> in order to get the
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
prototype for this function. Doing this will also
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
automatically include <filename>ssl.h</filename> from <productname>OpenSSL</productname>.
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2000-10-16 05:25:17 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-29 22:21:34 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-exec">
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Command Execution Functions</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Once a connection to a database server has been successfully
|
|
|
|
established, the functions described here are used to perform
|
|
|
|
SQL queries and commands.
|
2001-05-01 12:48:57 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-main">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Main Functions</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQexec</function><indexterm><primary>PQexec</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server
|
|
|
|
and waits for the result.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexec(PGconn *conn, const char *command);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns a <structname>PGresult</structname> pointer or possibly a null pointer.
|
|
|
|
A non-null pointer will generally be returned except in
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
out-of-memory conditions or serious errors such as inability
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
to send the command to the server.
|
|
|
|
If a null pointer is returned, it
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
should be treated like a <symbol>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</symbol> result. Use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> to get more information about the error.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
It is allowed to include multiple SQL commands (separated by semicolons) in
|
|
|
|
the command string. Multiple queries sent in a single <function>PQexec</>
|
|
|
|
call are processed in a single transaction, unless there are explicit
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<command>BEGIN</command>/<command>COMMIT</command> commands included in the query string to divide it into multiple
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
transactions. Note however that the returned <structname>PGresult</structname>
|
|
|
|
structure describes only the result of the last command executed from the
|
|
|
|
string. Should one of the commands fail, processing of the string stops with
|
|
|
|
it and the returned <structname>PGresult</structname> describes the error
|
|
|
|
condition.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQexecParams</function><indexterm><primary>PQexecParams</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server and waits for the result,
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL
|
|
|
|
command text.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexecParams(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *command,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</> is like <function>PQexec</>, but offers additional
|
|
|
|
functionality: parameter values can be specified separately from the command
|
|
|
|
string proper, and query results can be requested in either text or binary
|
|
|
|
format. <function>PQexecParams</> is supported only in protocol 3.0 and later
|
|
|
|
connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If parameters are used, they are referred to in the command string
|
|
|
|
as <literal>$1</>, <literal>$2</>, etc.
|
|
|
|
<parameter>nParams</> is the number of parameters supplied; it is the length
|
|
|
|
of the arrays <parameter>paramTypes[]</>, <parameter>paramValues[]</>,
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramLengths[]</>, and <parameter>paramFormats[]</>. (The
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
array pointers may be <symbol>NULL</symbol> when <parameter>nParams</> is zero.)
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramTypes[]</> specifies, by OID, the data types to be assigned to
|
|
|
|
the parameter symbols. If <parameter>paramTypes</> is <symbol>NULL</symbol>, or any particular
|
|
|
|
element in the array is zero, the server assigns a data type to the parameter
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
symbol in the same way it would do for an untyped literal string.
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramValues[]</> specifies the actual values of the parameters.
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
A null pointer in this array means the corresponding parameter is null;
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
otherwise the pointer points to a zero-terminated text string (for text
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
format) or binary data in the format expected by the server (for binary
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
format).
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramLengths[]</> specifies the actual data lengths of
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
binary-format parameters. It is ignored for null parameters and text-format
|
|
|
|
parameters. The array pointer may be null when there are no binary
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
parameters.
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramFormats[]</> specifies whether parameters are text (put a zero
|
|
|
|
in the array) or binary (put a one in the array). If the array pointer is
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
null then all parameters are presumed to be text.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<parameter>resultFormat</> is zero to obtain results in text format, or one to
|
|
|
|
obtain results in binary format. (There is not currently a provision to
|
|
|
|
obtain different result columns in different formats, although that is
|
|
|
|
possible in the underlying protocol.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The primary advantage of <function>PQexecParams</> over <function>PQexec</>
|
|
|
|
is that parameter values may be separated from the command string, thus
|
|
|
|
avoiding the need for tedious and error-prone quoting and escaping.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unlike <function>PQexec</>, <function>PQexecParams</> allows at most one SQL
|
|
|
|
command in the given string. (There can be semicolons in it, but not more
|
|
|
|
than one nonempty command.) This is a limitation of the underlying protocol,
|
|
|
|
but has some usefulness as an extra defense against SQL-injection attacks.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQexecPrepared</function><indexterm><primary>PQexecPrepared</></></term>
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
parameters, and waits for the result.
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult *PQexecPrepared(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</> is like <function>PQexecParams</>, but the
|
|
|
|
command to be executed is specified by naming a previously-prepared
|
|
|
|
statement, instead of giving a query string. This feature allows commands
|
|
|
|
that will be used repeatedly to be parsed and planned just once, rather
|
|
|
|
than each time they are executed.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</> is supported only in protocol 3.0 and later
|
|
|
|
connections; it will fail when using protocol 2.0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The parameters are identical to <function>PQexecParams</>, except that the
|
|
|
|
name of a prepared statement is given instead of a query string, and the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>paramTypes[]</> parameter is not present (it is not needed since
|
|
|
|
the prepared statement's parameter types were determined when it was created).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Presently, prepared statements for use with <function>PQexecPrepared</>
|
|
|
|
must be set up by executing an SQL <command>PREPARE</> command,
|
|
|
|
which is typically sent with <function>PQexec</> (though any of
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</>'s query-submission functions may be used).
|
|
|
|
A lower-level interface for preparing statements may be offered in a
|
|
|
|
future release.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
The
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname><indexterm><primary>PGresult</></>
|
|
|
|
structure encapsulates the result returned by the server.
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> application programmers should be
|
|
|
|
careful to maintain the <structname>PGresult</structname> abstraction.
|
|
|
|
Use the accessor functions below to get at the contents of
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. Avoid directly referencing the
|
|
|
|
fields of the <structname>PGresult</structname> structure because they
|
|
|
|
are subject to change in the future.
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresultStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQresultStatus</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the result status of the command.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
ExecStatusType PQresultStatus(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQresultStatus</function> can return one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The string sent to the server was empty.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Successful completion of a command returning no data.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>Successful completion of a command returning data (such as
|
|
|
|
a <command>SELECT</> or <command>SHOW</>).</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Copy Out (from server) data transfer started.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>Copy In (to server) data transfer started.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_BAD_RESPONSE</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>The server's response was not understood.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>A nonfatal error (a notice or warning) occurred.</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><literal>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</literal></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>A fatal error occurred.</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-19 04:59:02 +01:00
|
|
|
If the result status is <literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>, then the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
functions described below can be used to retrieve the rows returned by
|
2003-02-19 04:59:02 +01:00
|
|
|
the query. Note that a <command>SELECT</command> command that happens
|
|
|
|
to retrieve zero rows still shows <literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>.
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> is for commands that can never
|
|
|
|
return rows (<command>INSERT</command>, <command>UPDATE</command>,
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
etc.). A response of <literal>PGRES_EMPTY_QUERY</literal> may indicate
|
|
|
|
a bug in the client software.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A result of status <symbol>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</symbol> will never be
|
|
|
|
returned directly by <function>PQexec</function> or other query
|
|
|
|
execution functions; results of this kind are instead passed to the notice
|
|
|
|
processor (see <xref linkend="libpq-notice-processing">).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQresStatus</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Converts the enumerated type returned by <function>PQresultStatus</> into
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
a string constant describing the status code. The caller should not
|
|
|
|
free the result.
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2000-02-08 00:10:11 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQresStatus(ExecStatusType status);
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresultErrorMessage</function><indexterm><primary>PQresultErrorMessage</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the error message associated with the command, or an empty string
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
if there was no error.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2000-02-08 00:10:11 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQresultErrorMessage(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
If there was an error, the returned string will include a trailing newline.
|
|
|
|
The caller should not free the result directly. It will be freed when the
|
|
|
|
associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Immediately following a <function>PQexec</function> or <function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
call, <function>PQerrorMessage</function> (on the connection) will return the same
|
|
|
|
string as <function>PQresultErrorMessage</function> (on the result). However, a
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> will retain its error message
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
until destroyed, whereas the connection's error message will change when
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
subsequent operations are done. Use <function>PQresultErrorMessage</function> when you want to
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
know the status associated with a particular <structname>PGresult</structname>; use <function>PQerrorMessage</function>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
when you want to know the status from the latest operation on the connection.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQresultErrorField</function><indexterm><primary>PQresultErrorField</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns an individual field of an error report.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
char *PQresultErrorField(const PGresult *res, int fieldcode);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-08-24 20:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
<parameter>fieldcode</> is an error field identifier; see the symbols
|
|
|
|
listed below. <symbol>NULL</symbol> is returned if the
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> is not an error or warning result,
|
|
|
|
or does not include the specified field. Field values will normally
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
not include a trailing newline. The caller should not free the
|
|
|
|
result directly. It will be freed when the
|
|
|
|
associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-24 20:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
The following field codes are available:
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SEVERITY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The severity; the field contents are <literal>ERROR</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>FATAL</>, or <literal>PANIC</> (in an error message), or
|
|
|
|
<literal>WARNING</>, <literal>NOTICE</>, <literal>DEBUG</>,
|
|
|
|
<literal>INFO</>, or <literal>LOG</> (in a notice message), or a
|
|
|
|
localized translation of one of these. Always present.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SQLSTATE</>
|
|
|
|
</term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-10-17 20:57:01 +02:00
|
|
|
The SQLSTATE code for the error (see <xref linkend="errcodes-appendix">).
|
|
|
|
Not localizable. Always present.
|
2003-08-24 20:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_PRIMARY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The primary human-readable error message (typically one line). Always
|
|
|
|
present.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_DETAIL</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Detail: an optional secondary error message carrying more detail about
|
|
|
|
the problem. May run to multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_MESSAGE_HINT</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Hint: an optional suggestion what to do about the problem. This is
|
|
|
|
intended to differ from detail in that it offers advice (potentially
|
|
|
|
inappropriate) rather than hard facts. May run to multiple lines.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_STATEMENT_POSITION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A string containing a decimal integer indicating an error cursor
|
|
|
|
position as an index into the original statement string. The first
|
|
|
|
character has index 1, and positions are measured in characters not
|
|
|
|
bytes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2004-03-21 23:29:11 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_POSITION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is defined the same as the <symbol>PG_DIAG_STATEMENT_POSITION</>
|
|
|
|
field, but it is used when the cursor position refers to an internally
|
|
|
|
generated command rather than the one submitted by the client.
|
|
|
|
The <symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_QUERY</> field will always appear when this field
|
|
|
|
appears.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_INTERNAL_QUERY</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The text of a failed internally-generated command.
|
|
|
|
This could be, for example, a SQL query issued by a PL/pgSQL function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-24 20:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_CONTEXT</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2004-03-21 23:29:11 +01:00
|
|
|
An indication of the context in which the error occurred.
|
|
|
|
Presently this includes a call stack traceback of active
|
|
|
|
procedural language functions and internally-generated queries.
|
|
|
|
The trace is one entry per line, most recent first.
|
2003-08-24 20:36:38 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_FILE</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The file name of the source-code location where the error was
|
|
|
|
reported.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_LINE</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The line number of the source-code location where the error was
|
|
|
|
reported.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
<term><symbol>PG_DIAG_SOURCE_FUNCTION</></term>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The name of the source-code function reporting the error.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The client is responsible for formatting displayed information to meet
|
|
|
|
its needs; in particular it should break long lines as needed.
|
|
|
|
Newline characters appearing in the error message fields should be
|
|
|
|
treated as paragraph breaks, not line breaks.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Errors generated internally by <application>libpq</application> will
|
|
|
|
have severity and primary message, but typically no other fields.
|
|
|
|
Errors returned by a pre-3.0-protocol server will include severity and
|
|
|
|
primary message, and sometimes a detail message, but no other fields.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that error fields are only available from
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> objects, not
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</structname> objects; there is no
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorField</function> function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQclear</function><indexterm><primary>PQclear</></></term>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Frees the storage associated with a <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
|
|
|
Every command result should be freed via <function>PQclear</function> when
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
it is no longer needed.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-03-24 00:37:17 +01:00
|
|
|
void PQclear(PGresult *res);
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
You can keep a <structname>PGresult</structname> object around for as long as you
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
need it; it does not go away when you issue a new command,
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
nor even if you close the connection. To get rid of it,
|
|
|
|
you must call <function>PQclear</function>. Failure to do this will
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
result in memory leaks in your application.
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQmakeEmptyPGresult</function><indexterm><primary>PQmakeEmptyPGresult</></></term>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Constructs an empty <structname>PGresult</structname> object with the given status.
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
PGresult* PQmakeEmptyPGresult(PGconn *conn, ExecStatusType status);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is <application>libpq</>'s internal function to allocate and initialize an empty
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> object. It is exported because some applications find it
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
useful to generate result objects (particularly objects with error
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
status) themselves. If <parameter>conn</parameter> is not null and <parameter>status</> indicates an error,
|
|
|
|
the current error message of the specified connection is copied into the <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
Note that <function>PQclear</function> should eventually be called on the object, just
|
|
|
|
as with a <structname>PGresult</structname> returned by <application>libpq</application> itself.
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2001-09-08 00:02:32 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-09-08 18:46:34 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2001-09-08 00:02:32 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-select-info">
|
|
|
|
<title>Retrieving Query Result Information</title>
|
2002-03-05 00:59:14 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
These functions are used to extract information from a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> object that represents a successful
|
|
|
|
query result (that is, one that has status
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_TUPLES_OK</literal>). For objects with other status
|
|
|
|
values they will act as though the result has zero rows and zero columns.
|
2003-03-22 04:29:06 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQntuples</function><indexterm><primary>PQntuples</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows (tuples)
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
in the query result.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQntuples(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQnfields</function><indexterm><primary>PQnfields</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns (fields)
|
|
|
|
in each row of the query result.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQnfields(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfname</function><indexterm><primary>PQfname</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the column name associated with the given column number.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0. The caller should not free the result
|
|
|
|
directly. It will be freed when the associated <structname>PGresult</>
|
|
|
|
handle is passed to <function>PQclear</function>.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2000-02-08 00:10:11 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQfname(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<symbol>NULL</symbol> is returned if the column number is out of range.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfnumber</function><indexterm><primary>PQfnumber</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the column number associated with the given column name.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQfnumber(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
const char *column_name);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
-1 is returned if the given name does not match any column.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The given name is treated like an identifier in an SQL command,
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
that is, it is downcased unless double-quoted. For example,
|
|
|
|
given a query result generated from the SQL command
|
2003-10-04 23:05:21 +02:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
select 1 as FOO, 2 as "BAR";
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
we would have the results:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
PQfname(res, 0) <lineannotation>foo</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfname(res, 1) <lineannotation>BAR</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "FOO") <lineannotation>0</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "foo") <lineannotation>0</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "BAR") <lineannotation>-1</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
PQfnumber(res, "\"BAR\"") <lineannotation>1</lineannotation>
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQftable</function><indexterm><primary>PQftable</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the OID of the table from which the given column was fetched.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQftable(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<literal>InvalidOid</> is returned if the column number is out of range,
|
|
|
|
or if the specified column is not a simple reference to a table column,
|
|
|
|
or when using pre-3.0 protocol.
|
|
|
|
You can query the system table <literal>pg_class</literal> to determine
|
|
|
|
exactly which table is referenced.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The type <type>Oid</type> and the constant
|
|
|
|
<literal>InvalidOid</literal> will be defined when you include
|
|
|
|
the <application>libpq</application> header file. They will
|
|
|
|
both be some integer type.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQftablecol</function><indexterm><primary>PQftablecol</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the column number (within its table) of the column making up
|
|
|
|
the specified query result column.
|
|
|
|
Result column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQftablecol(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Zero is returned if the column number is out of range,
|
|
|
|
or if the specified column is not a simple reference to a table column,
|
|
|
|
or when using pre-3.0 protocol.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfformat</function><indexterm><primary>PQfformat</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the format code indicating the format of the given column.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfformat(const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Format code zero indicates textual data representation, while format
|
|
|
|
code one indicates binary representation. (Other codes are reserved
|
|
|
|
for future definition.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQftype</function><indexterm><primary>PQftype</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the data type associated with the
|
|
|
|
given column number. The integer returned is the
|
|
|
|
internal OID number of the type. Column numbers start
|
|
|
|
at 0.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Oid PQftype(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
You can query the system table <literal>pg_type</literal> to obtain
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
the names and properties of the various data types. The <acronym>OID</acronym>s
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
of the built-in data types are defined in the file <filename>src/include/catalog/pg_type.h</filename>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
in the source tree.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfmod</function><indexterm><primary>PQfmod</></></term>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the type modifier of the column
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
associated with the given column number.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0.
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQfmod(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The interpretation of modifier values is type-specific; they typically
|
|
|
|
indicate precision or size limits. The value -1 is used to indicate
|
|
|
|
<quote>no information available</>. Most data types do not use modifiers,
|
|
|
|
in which case the value is always -1.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfsize</function><indexterm><primary>PQfsize</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns the size in bytes of the column
|
|
|
|
associated with the given column number.
|
|
|
|
Column numbers start at 0.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQfsize(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQfsize</> returns the space allocated for this column in a database
|
|
|
|
row, in other words the size of the server's internal representation
|
|
|
|
of the data type. (Accordingly, it is not really very useful to clients.)
|
|
|
|
A negative value indicates the data type is variable-length.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQbinaryTuples</function><indexterm><primary>PQbinaryTuples</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns 1 if the <structname>PGresult</> contains binary data
|
|
|
|
and 0 if it contains text data.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQbinaryTuples(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
This function is deprecated (except for its use in connection with
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</>), because it is possible for a single
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</>
|
|
|
|
to contain text data in some columns and binary data in others.
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQfformat</> is preferred. <function>PQbinaryTuples</>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
returns 1 only if all columns of the result are binary (format 1).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetvalue</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetvalue</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns a single field value of one row of a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname>. Row and column numbers
|
|
|
|
start at 0. The caller should not free the result
|
|
|
|
directly. It will be freed when the associated
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQgetvalue(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
For data in text format, the value returned by <function>PQgetvalue</function>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
is a null-terminated character string representation
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
of the field value. For data in binary format, the value is in the binary
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
representation determined by the data type's <function>typsend</> and
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>typreceive</> functions. (The value is actually followed by
|
|
|
|
a zero byte in this case too, but that is not ordinarily useful, since
|
|
|
|
the value is likely to contain embedded nulls.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
An empty string is returned if the field value is null. See
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetisnull</> to distinguish null values from empty-string values.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The pointer
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
returned by <function>PQgetvalue</function> points to storage that is
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
part of the <structname>PGresult</structname> structure. One should not modify the data it points to,
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
and one must explicitly
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
copy the data into other storage if it is to
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
be used past the lifetime of the <structname>PGresult</structname> structure itself.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetisnull</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetisnull</></></term>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>null value</><secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</></indexterm><listitem>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Tests a field for a null value.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Row and column numbers start at 0.
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetisnull(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
This function returns 1 if the field is null and 0 if
|
|
|
|
it contains a non-null value. (Note that <function>PQgetvalue</function>
|
|
|
|
will return an empty string, not a null pointer, for a null field.)
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetlength</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetlength</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the actual length of a field value in bytes.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Row and column numbers start at 0.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int PQgetlength(const PGresult *res,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int row_number,
|
|
|
|
int column_number);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This is the actual data length for the particular data value, that is, the
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
size of the object pointed to by <function>PQgetvalue</function>. For text
|
|
|
|
data format this is the same as <function>strlen()</>. For binary format
|
|
|
|
this is essential information. Note that one should <emphasis>not</> rely
|
|
|
|
on <function>PQfsize</function> to obtain the actual data length.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQprint</function><indexterm><primary>PQprint</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Prints out all the rows and, optionally, the
|
|
|
|
column names to the specified output stream.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
void PQprint(FILE* fout, /* output stream */
|
|
|
|
const PGresult *res,
|
|
|
|
const PQprintOpt *po);
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
pqbool header; /* print output field headings and row count */
|
|
|
|
pqbool align; /* fill align the fields */
|
|
|
|
pqbool standard; /* old brain dead format */
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
pqbool html3; /* output HTML tables */
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
pqbool expanded; /* expand tables */
|
|
|
|
pqbool pager; /* use pager for output if needed */
|
|
|
|
char *fieldSep; /* field separator */
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *tableOpt; /* attributes for HTML table element */
|
|
|
|
char *caption; /* HTML table caption */
|
|
|
|
char **fieldName; /* null-terminated array of replacement field names */
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
} PQprintOpt;
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
This function was formerly used by <application>psql</application>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
to print query results, but this is no longer the case. Note that it
|
|
|
|
assumes all the data is in text format.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-nonselect">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Retrieving Result Information for Other Commands</title>
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to extract information from
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> objects that are not <command>SELECT</>
|
|
|
|
results.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQcmdStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQcmdStatus</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the command status tag from the SQL command that
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
generated the <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQcmdStatus(PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Commonly this is just the name of the command, but it may include additional
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
data such as the number of rows processed. The caller should
|
|
|
|
not free the result directly. It will be freed when the
|
|
|
|
associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQcmdTuples</function><indexterm><primary>PQcmdTuples</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows affected by the SQL command.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQcmdTuples(PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
If the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command that generated the
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</structname> was <command>INSERT</>,
|
|
|
|
<command>UPDATE</>, <command>DELETE</command>, <command>MOVE</>,
|
|
|
|
or <command>FETCH</>, this returns a
|
|
|
|
string containing the number of rows affected. If the
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
command was anything else, it returns the empty string. The
|
|
|
|
caller should not free the result directly. It will be freed
|
|
|
|
when the associated <structname>PGresult</> handle is passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-04-04 18:35:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQoidValue</function><indexterm><primary>PQoidValue</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Returns the OID<indexterm><primary>OID</><secondary>in
|
|
|
|
libpq</></> of the inserted row, if the
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command was an
|
|
|
|
<command>INSERT</command> that inserted exactly one row into
|
|
|
|
a table that has OIDs. Otherwise, returns
|
|
|
|
<literal>InvalidOid</literal>.
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
Oid PQoidValue(const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQoidStatus</function><indexterm><primary>PQoidStatus</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns a string with the OID of the inserted row, if the
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command was an
|
|
|
|
<command>INSERT</command>. (The string will be
|
|
|
|
<literal>0</> if the <command>INSERT</command> did not
|
|
|
|
insert exactly one row, or if the target table does not have
|
|
|
|
OIDs.) If the command was not an <command>INSERT</command>,
|
|
|
|
returns an empty string.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
char *PQoidStatus(const PGresult *res);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
This function is deprecated in favor of <function>PQoidValue</function>.
|
|
|
|
It is not thread-safe.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
2001-05-01 00:21:22 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-04-30 19:38:00 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-escape-string">
|
|
|
|
<title>Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-string"><primary>PQescapeString</></>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-string"><primary>escaping strings</></>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeString</function> escapes a string for use within an SQL
|
2003-09-20 22:12:05 +02:00
|
|
|
command. This is useful when inserting data values as literal constants
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
in SQL commands. Certain characters (such as quotes and backslashes) must
|
|
|
|
be escaped to prevent them from being interpreted specially by the SQL parser.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeString</> performs this operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<tip>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
It is especially important to do proper escaping when handling strings that
|
|
|
|
were received from an untrustworthy source. Otherwise there is a security
|
|
|
|
risk: you are vulnerable to <quote>SQL injection</> attacks wherein unwanted
|
|
|
|
SQL commands are fed to your database.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</tip>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that it is not necessary nor correct to do escaping when a data
|
|
|
|
value is passed as a separate parameter in <function>PQexecParams</> or
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
its sibling routines.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
size_t PQescapeString (char *to, const char *from, size_t length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The parameter <parameter>from</> points to the first character of the string
|
2003-10-03 20:26:14 +02:00
|
|
|
that is to be escaped, and the <parameter>length</> parameter gives the
|
|
|
|
number of characters in this string. A terminating zero byte is not
|
|
|
|
required, and should not be counted in <parameter>length</>. (If
|
|
|
|
a terminating zero byte is found before <parameter>length</> bytes are
|
|
|
|
processed, <function>PQescapeString</> stops at the zero; the behavior
|
|
|
|
is thus rather like <function>strncpy</>.)
|
|
|
|
<parameter>to</> shall point to a
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
buffer that is able to hold at least one more character than twice
|
|
|
|
the value of <parameter>length</>, otherwise the behavior is
|
|
|
|
undefined. A call to <function>PQescapeString</> writes an escaped
|
|
|
|
version of the <parameter>from</> string to the <parameter>to</>
|
|
|
|
buffer, replacing special characters so that they cannot cause any
|
|
|
|
harm, and adding a terminating zero byte. The single quotes that
|
|
|
|
must surround <productname>PostgreSQL</> string literals are not
|
|
|
|
included in the result string; they should be provided in the SQL
|
|
|
|
command that the result is inserted into.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeString</> returns the number of characters written
|
|
|
|
to <parameter>to</>, not including the terminating zero byte.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Behavior is undefined if the <parameter>to</> and <parameter>from</>
|
|
|
|
strings overlap.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-exec-escape-bytea">
|
|
|
|
<title>Escaping Binary Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands</title>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-exec-escape-bytea">
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<primary>bytea</>
|
|
|
|
<secondary sortas="libpq">in libpq</>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQescapeBytea</function><indexterm><primary>PQescapeBytea</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Escapes binary data for use within an SQL command with the type
|
|
|
|
<type>bytea</type>. As with <function>PQescapeString</function>,
|
|
|
|
this is only used when inserting data directly into an SQL command string.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *PQescapeBytea(const unsigned char *from,
|
|
|
|
size_t from_length,
|
|
|
|
size_t *to_length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Certain byte values <emphasis>must</emphasis> be escaped (but all
|
|
|
|
byte values <emphasis>may</emphasis> be escaped) when used as part
|
|
|
|
of a <type>bytea</type> literal in an <acronym>SQL</acronym>
|
|
|
|
statement. In general, to escape a byte, it is converted into the
|
|
|
|
three digit octal number equal to the octet value, and preceded by
|
|
|
|
two backslashes. The single quote (<literal>'</>) and backslash
|
|
|
|
(<literal>\</>) characters have special alternative escape
|
|
|
|
sequences. See <xref linkend="datatype-binary"> for more
|
|
|
|
information. <function>PQescapeBytea</function> performs this
|
|
|
|
operation, escaping only the minimally required bytes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>from</parameter> parameter points to the first
|
|
|
|
byte of the string that is to be escaped, and the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from_length</parameter> parameter gives the number of
|
|
|
|
bytes in this binary string. (A terminating zero byte is
|
|
|
|
neither necessary nor counted.) The <parameter>to_length</parameter>
|
|
|
|
parameter points to a variable that will hold the resultant
|
|
|
|
escaped string length. The result string length includes the terminating
|
|
|
|
zero byte of the result.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</> returns an escaped version of the
|
|
|
|
<parameter>from</parameter> parameter binary string in memory
|
|
|
|
allocated with <function>malloc()</>. This memory must be freed
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
using <function>PQfreemem</> when the result is no longer needed.
|
2003-09-11 23:42:20 +02:00
|
|
|
The return string has all special characters replaced so that they
|
|
|
|
can be properly processed by the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> string literal parser, and
|
|
|
|
the <type>bytea</type> input function. A terminating zero byte is
|
|
|
|
also added. The single quotes that must surround
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> string literals are not part
|
|
|
|
of the result string.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQunescapeBytea</function><indexterm><primary>PQunescapeBytea</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Converts an escaped string representation of binary data into binary
|
|
|
|
data --- the reverse of <function>PQescapeBytea</function>.
|
|
|
|
This is needed when retrieving <type>bytea</type> data in text format,
|
|
|
|
but not when retrieving it in binary format.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
unsigned char *PQunescapeBytea(const unsigned char *from, size_t *to_length);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>from</parameter> parameter points to an escaped string
|
|
|
|
such as might be returned by <function>PQgetvalue</function> when applied to a
|
|
|
|
<type>bytea</type> column. <function>PQunescapeBytea</function> converts
|
|
|
|
this string representation into its binary representation.
|
|
|
|
It returns a pointer to a buffer allocated with
|
|
|
|
<function>malloc()</function>, or null on error, and puts the size of
|
|
|
|
the buffer in <parameter>to_length</parameter>. The result must be
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
freed using <function>PQfreemem</> when it is no longer needed.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfreemem</function><indexterm><primary>PQfreemem</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees memory allocated by <application>libpq</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
void PQfreemem(void *ptr);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Frees memory allocated by <application>libpq</>, particularly
|
|
|
|
<function>PQescapeBytea</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQunescapeBytea</function>,
|
|
|
|
and <function>PQnotifies</function>.
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
It is needed by Microsoft Windows, which cannot free memory across
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
DLLs, unless multithreaded DLLs (<option>/MD</option> in VC6) are used.
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
On other platforms, this function is the same as the standard library function <function>free()</>.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-29 22:21:34 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-async">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Asynchronous Command Processing</title>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-async"><primary>nonblocking connection</></>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
The <function>PQexec</function> function is adequate for submitting commands in
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
normal, synchronous
|
|
|
|
applications. It has a couple of deficiencies, however, that can be of importance to some users:
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> waits for the command to be completed. The application may have other
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
work to do (such as maintaining a user interface), in which case it won't
|
|
|
|
want to block waiting for the response.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Since the execution of the client application is suspended while it
|
|
|
|
waits for the result, it is hard for the application to decide that it
|
|
|
|
would like to try to cancel the ongoing command. (It can be done from
|
|
|
|
a signal handler, but not otherwise.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> can return only one <structname>PGresult</structname> structure. If the submitted command
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
string contains multiple <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands, all but the last <structname>PGresult</structname> are
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
discarded by <function>PQexec</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
Applications that do not like these limitations can instead use the
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
underlying functions that <function>PQexec</function> is built from:
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function> and <function>PQgetResult</function>.
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
There are also <function>PQsendQueryParams</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function>, which can be used with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> to duplicate the functionality of
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function> and <function>PQexecPrepared</function>
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsendQuery</function><indexterm><primary>PQsendQuery</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Submits a command to the server without
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
waiting for the result(s). 1 is returned if the command was
|
|
|
|
successfully dispatched and 0 if not (in which case, use
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</> to get more information about the failure).
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQsendQuery(PGconn *conn, const char *command);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
After successfully calling <function>PQsendQuery</function>, call
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> one or more
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
times to obtain the results. <function>PQsendQuery</function> may not be called
|
|
|
|
again (on the same connection) until <function>PQgetResult</function> has returned a null pointer,
|
|
|
|
indicating that the command is done.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsendQueryParams</function><indexterm><primary>PQsendQueryParams</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
waiting for the result(s).
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendQueryParams(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *command,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const Oid *paramTypes,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
This is equivalent to <function>PQsendQuery</function> except that
|
|
|
|
query parameters can be specified separately from the query string.
|
|
|
|
The function's parameters are handled identically to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecParams</function>, it will not work on 2.0-protocol
|
|
|
|
connections, and it allows only one command in the query string.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function><indexterm><primary>PQsendQueryPrepared</></></term>
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
parameters, without waiting for the result(s).
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsendQueryPrepared(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *stmtName,
|
|
|
|
int nParams,
|
|
|
|
const char * const *paramValues,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramLengths,
|
|
|
|
const int *paramFormats,
|
|
|
|
int resultFormat);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
This is similar to <function>PQsendQueryParams</function>, but the
|
|
|
|
command to be executed is specified by naming a previously-prepared
|
|
|
|
statement, instead of giving a query string.
|
|
|
|
The function's parameters are handled identically to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>. Like
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexecPrepared</function>, it will not work on 2.0-protocol
|
|
|
|
connections.
|
2003-08-13 18:29:03 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetResult</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetResult</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Waits for the next result from a prior
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryParams</function>, or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQueryPrepared</function> call,
|
|
|
|
and returns it. A null pointer is returned when the command is complete
|
|
|
|
and there will be no more results.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
PGresult *PQgetResult(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> must be called repeatedly until it returns a null pointer,
|
|
|
|
indicating that the command is done. (If called when no command is
|
|
|
|
active, <function>PQgetResult</function> will just return a null pointer at once.)
|
|
|
|
Each non-null result from <function>PQgetResult</function> should be processed using
|
|
|
|
the same <structname>PGresult</> accessor functions previously described.
|
|
|
|
Don't forget to free each result object with <function>PQclear</function> when done with it.
|
|
|
|
Note that <function>PQgetResult</function> will block only if a command is active and the
|
|
|
|
necessary response data has not yet been read by <function>PQconsumeInput</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Using <function>PQsendQuery</function> and <function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
solves one of <function>PQexec</function>'s problems:
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
If a command string contains multiple <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands, the results of those
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
commands can be obtained individually. (This allows a simple form of
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
overlapped processing, by the way: the client can be handling the
|
|
|
|
results of one command while the server is still working on later
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
queries in the same command string.) However, calling <function>PQgetResult</function> will
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
still cause the client to block until the server completes the
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
next <acronym>SQL</acronym> command. This can be avoided by proper use of two
|
|
|
|
more functions:
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQconsumeInput</function><indexterm><primary>PQconsumeInput</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
If input is available from the server, consume it.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQconsumeInput(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-13 17:55:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> normally returns 1 indicating <quote>no error</quote>,
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
but returns 0 if there was some kind of trouble (in which case
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</function> can be consulted). Note that the result
|
|
|
|
does not say
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
whether any input data was actually collected. After calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>, the application may check
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function> and/or <function>PQnotifies</function> to see if
|
|
|
|
their state has changed.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> may be called even if the application is not
|
|
|
|
prepared to deal with a result or notification just yet. The
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
function will read available data and save it in a buffer, thereby
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
causing a <function>select()</function> read-ready indication to go away. The
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
application can thus use <function>PQconsumeInput</function> to clear the
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>select()</function> condition immediately, and then examine the results at leisure.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQisBusy</function><indexterm><primary>PQisBusy</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Returns 1 if a command is busy, that is, <function>PQgetResult</function> would block
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
waiting for input. A 0 return indicates that <function>PQgetResult</function> can
|
|
|
|
be called with assurance of not blocking.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQisBusy(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function> will not itself attempt to read data from the server;
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
therefore <function>PQconsumeInput</function> must be invoked first, or the busy
|
|
|
|
state will never end.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
A typical application using these functions will have a main loop that uses
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>select()</function> or <function>poll()</> to wait for all the
|
|
|
|
conditions that it must
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
respond to. One of the conditions will be input available from the server,
|
|
|
|
which in terms of <function>select()</function> means readable data on the file
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
descriptor identified by <function>PQsocket</function>.
|
|
|
|
When the main loop detects input ready, it should call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function> to read the input. It can then call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQisBusy</function>, followed by <function>PQgetResult</function>
|
|
|
|
if <function>PQisBusy</function> returns false (0). It can also call
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function> to detect <command>NOTIFY</> messages (see <xref linkend="libpq-notify">).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
A client that uses
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>/<function>PQgetResult</function> can
|
|
|
|
also attempt to cancel a command that is still being processed by the
|
|
|
|
server.<indexterm><primary>canceling</><secondary>SQL command</></>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQrequestCancel</function><indexterm><primary>PQrequestCancel</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
Requests that the server abandon
|
|
|
|
processing of the current command.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQrequestCancel(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
The return value is 1 if the cancel request was successfully
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
dispatched and 0 if not. (If not, <function>PQerrorMessage</function> tells why not.)
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
Successful dispatch is no guarantee that the request will have any
|
|
|
|
effect, however. Regardless of the return value of <function>PQrequestCancel</function>,
|
|
|
|
the application must continue with the normal result-reading
|
|
|
|
sequence using <function>PQgetResult</function>. If the cancellation
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
is effective, the current command will terminate early and return
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
an error result. If the cancellation fails (say, because the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
server was already done processing the command), then there will
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
be no visible result at all.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that if the current command is part of a transaction block, cancellation
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
will abort the whole transaction.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQrequestCancel</function> can safely be invoked from a signal handler.
|
|
|
|
So, it is also possible to use it in conjunction with plain
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>, if the decision to cancel can be made in a signal
|
|
|
|
handler. For example, <application>psql</application> invokes
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQrequestCancel</function> from a <symbol>SIGINT</> signal handler, thus allowing
|
|
|
|
interactive cancellation of commands that it issues through <function>PQexec</function>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
By using the functions described above, it is possible to avoid blocking
|
|
|
|
while waiting for input from the database server. However, it is still
|
|
|
|
possible that the application will block waiting to send output to the
|
|
|
|
server. This is relatively uncommon but can happen if very long SQL commands
|
|
|
|
or data values are sent. (It is much more probable if the application
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
sends data via <command>COPY IN</command>, however.) To prevent this possibility and achieve
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
completely nonblocking database operation, the following additional
|
|
|
|
functions may be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetnonblocking</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetnonblocking</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sets the nonblocking status of the connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQsetnonblocking(PGconn *conn, int arg);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sets the state of the connection to nonblocking if
|
|
|
|
<parameter>arg</parameter> is 1, or
|
|
|
|
blocking if <parameter>arg</parameter> is 0. Returns 0 if OK, -1 if error.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
In the nonblocking state, calls to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>,
|
|
|
|
<function>PQputline</function>, <function>PQputnbytes</function>,
|
|
|
|
and <function>PQendcopy</function>
|
|
|
|
will not block but instead return an error if they need to be called
|
|
|
|
again.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Note that <function>PQexec</function> does not honor nonblocking mode;
|
|
|
|
if it is called, it will act in blocking fashion anyway.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQisnonblocking</function><indexterm><primary>PQisnonblocking</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the blocking status of the database connection.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQisnonblocking(const PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if the connection is set to nonblocking mode and
|
|
|
|
0 if blocking.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQflush</function><indexterm><primary>PQflush</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Attempts to flush any queued output data to the server.
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if successful (or if the send queue is empty), -1 if it failed for
|
|
|
|
some reason, or 1 if it was unable to send all the data in the send queue yet
|
|
|
|
(this case can only occur if the connection is nonblocking).
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQflush(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After sending any command or data on a nonblocking connection, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQflush</function>. If it returns 1, wait for the socket to be
|
|
|
|
write-ready and call it again; repeat until it returns 0. Once
|
|
|
|
<function>PQflush</function> returns 0, wait for the socket to be read-ready
|
|
|
|
and then read the response as described above.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-29 22:21:34 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-fastpath">
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>The Fast-Path Interface</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-fastpath"><primary>fast path</></>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> provides a fast-path interface to send
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
simple function calls to the server.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<tip>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This interface is somewhat obsolete, as one may achieve similar performance
|
|
|
|
and greater functionality by setting up a prepared statement to define the
|
|
|
|
function call. Then, executing the statement with binary transmission of
|
|
|
|
parameters and results substitutes for a fast-path function call.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</tip>
|
1998-10-18 00:02:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
The function <function>PQfn</function><indexterm><primary>PQfn</></>
|
|
|
|
requests execution of a server function via the fast-path interface:
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
PGresult *PQfn(PGconn *conn,
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
int fnid,
|
|
|
|
int *result_buf,
|
|
|
|
int *result_len,
|
|
|
|
int result_is_int,
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
const PQArgBlock *args,
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
int nargs);
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
typedef struct {
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
int isint;
|
|
|
|
union {
|
|
|
|
int *ptr;
|
|
|
|
int integer;
|
|
|
|
} u;
|
|
|
|
} PQArgBlock;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The <parameter>fnid</> argument is the OID of the function to be
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
executed. <parameter>args</> and <parameter>nargs</> define the
|
|
|
|
parameters to be passed to the function; they must match the declared
|
|
|
|
function argument list. When the <parameter>isint</> field of a
|
|
|
|
parameter
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
structure is true,
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
the <parameter>u.integer</> value is sent to the server as an integer
|
|
|
|
of the indicated length (this must be 1, 2, or 4 bytes); proper
|
|
|
|
byte-swapping occurs. When <parameter>isint</> is false, the
|
|
|
|
indicated number of bytes at <parameter>*u.ptr</> are sent with no
|
|
|
|
processing; the data must be in the format expected by the server for
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
binary transmission of the function's argument data type.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<parameter>result_buf</parameter> is the buffer in which
|
|
|
|
to place the return value. The caller must have allocated
|
|
|
|
sufficient space to store the return value. (There is no check!)
|
|
|
|
The actual result length will be returned in the integer pointed
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
to by <parameter>result_len</parameter>.
|
|
|
|
If a 1, 2, or 4-byte integer result is expected, set
|
|
|
|
<parameter>result_is_int</parameter> to 1, otherwise set it to 0.
|
|
|
|
Setting <parameter>result_is_int</parameter> to 1
|
|
|
|
causes <application>libpq</> to byte-swap the value if necessary, so that
|
|
|
|
it is
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
delivered as a proper <type>int</type> value for the client machine. When
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<parameter>result_is_int</> is 0, the binary-format byte string sent by
|
|
|
|
the server is returned unmodified.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfn</function> always returns a valid <structname>PGresult</structname> pointer. The result status
|
|
|
|
should be checked before the result is used. The
|
|
|
|
caller is responsible for freeing the <structname>PGresult</structname> with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQclear</function> when it is no longer needed.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that it is not possible to handle null arguments, null results, nor
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
set-valued results when using this interface.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-29 22:21:34 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-notify">
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Asynchronous Notification</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-notify">
|
|
|
|
<primary>NOTIFY</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> offers asynchronous notification via the
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<command>LISTEN</command> and <command>NOTIFY</command> commands. A client session registers its interest in a particular
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
notification condition with the <command>LISTEN</command> command (and can stop listening
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
with the <command>UNLISTEN</command> command). All sessions listening on a
|
|
|
|
particular condition will be notified asynchronously when a <command>NOTIFY</command> command with that
|
|
|
|
condition name is executed by any session. No additional information is
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
passed from the notifier to the listener. Thus, typically, any actual data
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
that needs to be communicated is transferred through a database table.
|
|
|
|
Commonly, the condition name is the same as the associated table, but it is
|
|
|
|
not necessary for there to be any associated table.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> applications submit
|
|
|
|
<command>LISTEN</command> and <command>UNLISTEN</command> commands as
|
|
|
|
ordinary SQL commands. The arrival of <command>NOTIFY</command>
|
|
|
|
messages can subsequently be detected by calling
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function>.<indexterm><primary>PQnotifies</></>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The function <function>PQnotifies</function>
|
|
|
|
returns the next notification from a list of unhandled
|
|
|
|
notification messages received from the server. It returns a null pointer if
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
there are no pending notifications. Once a notification is
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
returned from <function>PQnotifies</>, it is considered handled and will be
|
|
|
|
removed from the list of notifications.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
PGnotify *PQnotifies(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-18 00:02:21 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
typedef struct pgNotify {
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
char *relname; /* notification condition name */
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
int be_pid; /* process ID of server process */
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
char *extra; /* notification parameter */
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
} PGnotify;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
After processing a <structname>PGnotify</structname> object returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function>, be sure to free it with
|
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem</function>. It is sufficient to free the
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGnotify</structname> pointer; the
|
|
|
|
<structfield>relname</structfield> and <structfield>extra</structfield> fields
|
|
|
|
do not represent separate allocations.
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
(At present, the <structfield>extra</structfield> field is unused and will
|
|
|
|
always point to an empty string.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
In <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> 6.4 and later,
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
the <structfield>be_pid</structfield> is that of the notifying server process,
|
|
|
|
whereas in earlier versions it was always the <acronym>PID</acronym> of your own server process.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<xref linkend="libpq-example-2"> gives a sample program that illustrates the use
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
of asynchronous notification.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function> does not actually read data from the server; it just
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
returns messages previously absorbed by another <application>libpq</application>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
function. In prior releases of <application>libpq</application>, the only way
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
to ensure timely receipt of <command>NOTIFY</> messages was to constantly submit commands,
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
even empty ones, and then check <function>PQnotifies</function> after each
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>. While this still works, it is
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
deprecated as a waste of processing power.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
A better way to check for <command>NOTIFY</>
|
|
|
|
messages when you have no useful commands to execute is to call
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</function>, then check
|
|
|
|
<function>PQnotifies</function>.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
You can use <function>select()</function> to wait for data to
|
|
|
|
arrive from the server, thereby using no <acronym>CPU</acronym> power unless there is something
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
to do. (See <function>PQsocket</function> to obtain the file descriptor
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
number to use with <function>select()</function>.)
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that this will work OK whether you submit commands with
|
2000-03-26 03:00:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQsendQuery</function>/<function>PQgetResult</function> or simply
|
|
|
|
use <function>PQexec</function>. You should, however, remember to
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
check <function>PQnotifies</function> after each
|
2000-03-26 03:00:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> or <function>PQexec</function>, to see
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
if any notifications came in during the processing of the command.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-29 22:21:34 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-copy">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Functions Associated with the <command>COPY</command> Command</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-copy">
|
|
|
|
<primary>COPY</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The <command>COPY</command> command in <productname>PostgreSQL</productname>
|
|
|
|
has options to read from or write to the network connection used by
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application>. The functions described in this section
|
|
|
|
allow applications to take advantage of this capability by supplying or
|
|
|
|
consuming copied data.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The overall process is that the application first issues the SQL
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</command> command via <function>PQexec</function> or one
|
|
|
|
of the equivalent functions. The response to this (if there is no error
|
|
|
|
in the command) will be a <structname>PGresult</> object bearing a status
|
|
|
|
code of <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> or <literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal>
|
|
|
|
(depending on the specified copy direction). The application should then
|
|
|
|
use the functions of this section to receive or transmit data rows.
|
|
|
|
When the data transfer is complete, another <structname>PGresult</> object
|
|
|
|
is returned to indicate success or failure of the transfer. Its status
|
|
|
|
will be <literal>PGRES_COMMAND_OK</literal> for success or
|
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_FATAL_ERROR</literal> if some problem was encountered.
|
|
|
|
At this point further SQL commands may be issued via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function>. (It is not possible to execute other SQL
|
|
|
|
commands using the same connection while the <command>COPY</command>
|
|
|
|
operation is in progress.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
If a <command>COPY</command> command is issued via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQexec</function> in a string that could contain additional
|
|
|
|
commands, the application must continue fetching results via
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> after completing the <command>COPY</command>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sequence. Only when <function>PQgetResult</> returns <symbol>NULL</symbol> is it certain
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
that the <function>PQexec</function> command string is done and it is
|
|
|
|
safe to issue more commands.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The functions of this section should be executed only after obtaining a
|
|
|
|
result status of <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> or
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal> from <function>PQexec</function> or
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
A <structname>PGresult</> object bearing one of these status values
|
|
|
|
carries some additional data about the <command>COPY</command> operation that
|
|
|
|
is starting. This additional data is available using functions that are
|
|
|
|
also used in connection with query results:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQnfields</function><indexterm><primary>PQnfields</><secondary>with COPY</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns (fields) to be copied.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQbinaryTuples</function><indexterm><primary>PQbinaryTuples</><secondary>with COPY</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
0 indicates the overall copy format is textual (rows
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
separated by newlines, columns separated by separator
|
|
|
|
characters, etc).
|
|
|
|
1 indicates the overall copy format is binary.
|
|
|
|
See <xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title">
|
|
|
|
for more information.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQfformat</function><indexterm><primary>PQfformat</><secondary>with COPY</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Returns the format code (0 for text, 1 for binary) associated
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
with each column of the copy operation. The per-column format
|
|
|
|
codes will always be zero when the overall copy format is textual,
|
|
|
|
but the binary format can support both text and binary columns.
|
|
|
|
(However, as of the current implementation of <command>COPY</>,
|
|
|
|
only binary columns appear in a binary copy; so the per-column
|
|
|
|
formats always match the overall format at present.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These additional data values are only available when using protocol 3.0.
|
|
|
|
When using protocol 2.0, all these functions will return 0.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-send">
|
|
|
|
<title>Functions for Sending <command>COPY</command> Data</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to send data during <literal>COPY FROM STDIN</>.
|
|
|
|
They will fail if called when the connection is not in <literal>COPY_IN</>
|
|
|
|
state.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQputCopyData</function><indexterm><primary>PQputCopyData</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends data to the server during <literal>COPY_IN</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputCopyData(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int nbytes);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
Transmits the <command>COPY</command> data in the specified <parameter>buffer</>, of length
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<parameter>nbytes</>, to the server. The result is 1 if the data was sent,
|
|
|
|
zero if it was not sent because the attempt would block (this case is only
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
possible if the connection is in nonblocking mode), or -1 if an error occurred.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
(Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to retrieve details if the return
|
|
|
|
value is -1. If the value is zero, wait for write-ready and try again.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The application may divide the <command>COPY</command> data stream into buffer loads of any
|
|
|
|
convenient size. Buffer-load boundaries have no semantic significance when
|
|
|
|
sending. The contents of the data stream must match the data format expected
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
by the <command>COPY</> command; see
|
|
|
|
<xref linkend="sql-copy" endterm="sql-copy-title"> for details.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQputCopyEnd</function><indexterm><primary>PQputCopyEnd</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Sends end-of-data indication to the server during <literal>COPY_IN</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQputCopyEnd(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *errormsg);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Ends the <literal>COPY_IN</> operation successfully if <parameter>errormsg</>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
is <symbol>NULL</symbol>. If <parameter>errormsg</> is not <symbol>NULL</symbol> then the <command>COPY</>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
is forced to fail, with the string pointed to by <parameter>errormsg</>
|
|
|
|
used as the error message. (One should not assume that this exact error
|
|
|
|
message will come back from the server, however, as the server might have
|
|
|
|
already failed the <command>COPY</> for its own reasons. Also note that the
|
|
|
|
option to force failure does not work when using pre-3.0-protocol connections.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The result is 1 if the termination data was sent,
|
|
|
|
zero if it was not sent because the attempt would block (this case is only
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
possible if the connection is in nonblocking mode), or -1 if an error occurred.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
(Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to retrieve details if the return
|
|
|
|
value is -1. If the value is zero, wait for write-ready and try again.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After successfully calling <function>PQputCopyEnd</>, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> to obtain the final result status of the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> command. One may wait for
|
|
|
|
this result to be available in the usual way. Then return to normal
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-receive">
|
|
|
|
<title>Functions for Receiving <command>COPY</command> Data</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions are used to receive data during <literal>COPY TO STDOUT</>.
|
|
|
|
They will fail if called when the connection is not in <literal>COPY_OUT</>
|
|
|
|
state.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetCopyData</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetCopyData</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Receives data from the server during <literal>COPY_OUT</> state.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQgetCopyData(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char **buffer,
|
|
|
|
int async);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
Attempts to obtain another row of data from the server during a <command>COPY</command>.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Data is always returned one data row at a time; if only a partial row
|
|
|
|
is available, it is not returned. Successful return of a data row
|
|
|
|
involves allocating a chunk of memory to hold the data. The
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<parameter>buffer</> parameter must be non-<symbol>NULL</symbol>. <parameter>*buffer</>
|
|
|
|
is set to point to the allocated memory, or to <symbol>NULL</symbol> in cases where no
|
|
|
|
buffer is returned. A non-<symbol>NULL</symbol> result buffer must be freed using
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQfreemem</> when no longer needed.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When a row is successfully returned, the return value is the number of
|
|
|
|
data bytes in the row (this will always be greater than zero). The
|
|
|
|
returned string is always null-terminated, though this is probably only
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
useful for textual <command>COPY</command>. A result of zero indicates that the <command>COPY</command> is
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
still in progress, but no row is yet available (this is only possible
|
|
|
|
when <parameter>async</> is true). A
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
result of -1 indicates that the <command>COPY</command> is done.
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
A result of -2 indicates that an error occurred (consult
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</> for the reason).
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When <parameter>async</> is true (not zero), <function>PQgetCopyData</>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
will not block waiting for input; it will return zero if the <command>COPY</command> is still
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
in progress but no complete row is available. (In this case wait for
|
|
|
|
read-ready before trying again; it does not matter whether you call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconsumeInput</>.) When <parameter>async</> is
|
|
|
|
false (zero), <function>PQgetCopyData</> will block until data is available
|
|
|
|
or the operation completes.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
After <function>PQgetCopyData</> returns -1, call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</> to obtain the final result status of the
|
|
|
|
<command>COPY</> command. One may wait for
|
|
|
|
this result to be available in the usual way. Then return to normal
|
|
|
|
operation.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<sect2 id="libpq-copy-deprecated">
|
|
|
|
<title>Obsolete Functions for <command>COPY</command></title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions represent older methods of handling <command>COPY</>.
|
|
|
|
Although they still work, they are deprecated due to poor error handling,
|
|
|
|
inconvenient methods of detecting end-of-data, and lack of support for binary
|
|
|
|
or nonblocking transfers.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetline</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetline</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
Reads a newline-terminated line of characters
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
(transmitted by the server) into a buffer
|
|
|
|
string of size <parameter>length</>.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQgetline(PGconn *conn,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int length);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function copies up to <parameter>length</>-1 characters
|
|
|
|
into the buffer and converts
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
the terminating newline into a zero byte.
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetline</function> returns <symbol>EOF</symbol> at the end of input, 0 if the
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
entire line has been read, and 1 if the buffer is full but the
|
|
|
|
terminating newline has not yet been read.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Note that the application must check to see if a
|
2001-09-13 17:55:24 +02:00
|
|
|
new line consists of the two characters <literal>\.</literal>,
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
which indicates that the server has finished sending
|
|
|
|
the results of the <command>COPY</command> command.
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
If the application might
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
receive lines that are more than <parameter>length</>-1 characters long,
|
|
|
|
care is needed to be sure it recognizes the <literal>\.</literal> line correctly
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
(and does not, for example, mistake the end of a long data line
|
|
|
|
for a terminator line).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQgetlineAsync</function><indexterm><primary>PQgetlineAsync</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
Reads a row of <command>COPY</command> data
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
(transmitted by the server) into a buffer
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
without blocking.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQgetlineAsync(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
char *buffer,
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
int bufsize);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
This function is similar to <function>PQgetline</function>, but it can be used
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
by applications
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
that must read <command>COPY</command> data asynchronously, that is, without blocking.
|
|
|
|
Having issued the <command>COPY</command> command and gotten a <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
response, the
|
|
|
|
application should call <function>PQconsumeInput</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetlineAsync</function> until the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
end-of-data signal is detected.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Unlike <function>PQgetline</function>, this function takes
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
responsibility for detecting end-of-data.
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
On each call, <function>PQgetlineAsync</function> will return data if a
|
|
|
|
complete data row is available in <application>libpq</>'s input buffer.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, no data is returned until the rest of the row arrives.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The function returns -1 if the end-of-copy-data marker has been recognized,
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
or 0 if no data is available, or a positive number giving the number of
|
|
|
|
bytes of data returned. If -1 is returned, the caller must next call
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>, and then return to normal processing.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
The data returned will not extend beyond a data-row boundary. If possible
|
|
|
|
a whole row will be returned at one time. But if the buffer offered by
|
|
|
|
the caller is too small to hold a row sent by the server, then a partial
|
|
|
|
data row will be returned. With textual data this can be detected by testing
|
|
|
|
whether the last returned byte is <literal>\n</literal> or not. (In a binary
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<command>COPY</>, actual parsing of the <command>COPY</> data format will be needed to make the
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
equivalent determination.)
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
The returned string is not null-terminated. (If you want to add a
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
terminating null, be sure to pass a <parameter>bufsize</parameter> one smaller
|
|
|
|
than the room actually available.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQputline</function><indexterm><primary>PQputline</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Sends a null-terminated string to the server.
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if OK and <symbol>EOF</symbol> if unable to send the string.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQputline(PGconn *conn,
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
const char *string);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-01 02:56:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The <command>COPY</command> data stream sent by a series of calls to
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
<function>PQputline</function> has the same format as that returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQgetlineAsync</function>, except that applications are not
|
|
|
|
obliged to send exactly one data row per <function>PQputline</function>
|
|
|
|
call; it is okay to send a partial line or multiple lines per call.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<note>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Before <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> protocol 3.0, it was necessary
|
|
|
|
for the application to explicitly send the two characters
|
|
|
|
<literal>\.</literal> as a final line to indicate to the server that it had
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
finished sending <command>COPY</> data. While this still works, it is deprecated and the
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
special meaning of <literal>\.</literal> can be expected to be removed in a
|
|
|
|
future release. It is sufficient to call <function>PQendcopy</function> after
|
|
|
|
having sent the actual data.
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</note>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQputnbytes</function><indexterm><primary>PQputnbytes</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Sends a non-null-terminated string to the server.
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 if OK and <symbol>EOF</symbol> if unable to send the string.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
int PQputnbytes(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
const char *buffer,
|
|
|
|
int nbytes);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
This is exactly like <function>PQputline</function>, except that the data
|
|
|
|
buffer need not be null-terminated since the number of bytes to send is
|
|
|
|
specified directly. Use this procedure when sending binary data.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQendcopy</function><indexterm><primary>PQendcopy</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Synchronizes with the server.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
int PQendcopy(PGconn *conn);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
This function waits until
|
|
|
|
the server has finished the copying. It should
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
either be issued when the last string has been
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sent to the server using <function>PQputline</function> or when the
|
|
|
|
last string has been received from the server
|
|
|
|
using <function>PGgetline</function>. It must be issued or the server
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
will get <quote>out of sync</quote> with the client. Upon
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
return from this function, the server is ready to
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
receive the next SQL command.
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
The return value is 0 on successful completion,
|
2003-04-22 02:08:07 +02:00
|
|
|
nonzero otherwise. (Use <function>PQerrorMessage</function> to retrieve
|
|
|
|
details if the return value is nonzero.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
When using <function>PQgetResult</function>, the application should respond to
|
|
|
|
a <literal>PGRES_COPY_OUT</literal> result by executing <function>PQgetline</function>
|
|
|
|
repeatedly, followed by <function>PQendcopy</function> after the terminator line is seen.
|
|
|
|
It should then return to the <function>PQgetResult</function> loop until
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<function>PQgetResult</function> returns a null pointer. Similarly a <literal>PGRES_COPY_IN</literal>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
result is processed by a series of <function>PQputline</function> calls followed by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>, then return to the <function>PQgetResult</function> loop.
|
|
|
|
This arrangement will ensure that
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
a <command>COPY</command> command embedded in a series of <acronym>SQL</acronym> commands
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
will be executed correctly.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Older applications are likely to submit a <command>COPY</command>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
via <function>PQexec</function> and assume that the transaction is done after
|
|
|
|
<function>PQendcopy</function>.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
This will work correctly only if the <command>COPY</command> is the only
|
2002-01-07 03:29:15 +01:00
|
|
|
<acronym>SQL</acronym> command in the command string.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect2>
|
1998-05-07 01:51:16 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-control">
|
|
|
|
<title>Control Functions</title>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These functions control miscellaneous details of
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</>'s behavior.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<variablelist>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQsetErrorVerbosity</function><indexterm><primary>PQsetErrorVerbosity</></></term>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Determines the verbosity of messages returned by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQerrorMessage</> and <function>PQresultErrorMessage</>.
|
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
|
|
|
typedef enum {
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
PQERRORS_TERSE,
|
|
|
|
PQERRORS_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
|
PQERRORS_VERBOSE
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
} PGVerbosity;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGVerbosity PQsetErrorVerbosity(PGconn *conn, PGVerbosity verbosity);
|
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetErrorVerbosity</> sets the verbosity mode, returning the
|
|
|
|
connection's previous setting.
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
In <firstterm>terse</> mode, returned messages include severity, primary text, and position
|
|
|
|
only; this will normally fit on a single line. The default mode produces
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
messages that include the above plus any detail, hint, or context fields
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
(these may span multiple lines). The <firstterm>VERBOSE</> mode includes all available
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
fields. Changing the verbosity does not affect the messages available from
|
|
|
|
already-existing <structname>PGresult</> objects, only subsequently-created
|
|
|
|
ones.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQtrace</function><indexterm><primary>PQtrace</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Enables tracing of the client/server communication to a debugging file stream.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
void PQtrace(PGconn *conn, FILE *stream);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<varlistentry>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<term><function>PQuntrace</function><indexterm><primary>PQuntrace</></></term>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Disables tracing started by <function>PQtrace</function>.
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
void PQuntrace(PGconn *conn);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
</varlistentry>
|
|
|
|
</variablelist>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-notice-processing">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Notice Processing</title>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-notice-processing">
|
|
|
|
<primary>notice processing</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>in libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned by the
|
|
|
|
query execution functions, since they do not imply failure of the query.
|
|
|
|
Instead they are passed to a notice handling function, and execution continues
|
|
|
|
normally after the handler returns. The default notice handling function
|
|
|
|
prints the message on <filename>stderr</filename>, but the application can
|
|
|
|
override this behavior by supplying its own handling function.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
For historical reasons, there are two levels of notice handling, called the
|
|
|
|
notice receiver and notice processor. The default behavior is for the notice
|
|
|
|
receiver to format the notice and pass a string to the notice processor
|
|
|
|
for printing. However, an application that chooses to provide its own notice
|
|
|
|
receiver will typically ignore the notice processor layer and just do all the
|
|
|
|
work in the notice receiver.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The function <function>PQsetNoticeReceiver</function>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>notice receiver</></><indexterm><primary>PQsetNoticeReceiver</></>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
sets or examines the current notice receiver for a connection object.
|
|
|
|
Similarly, <function>PQsetNoticeProcessor</function>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>notice processor</></><indexterm><primary>PQsetNoticeProcessor</></>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
sets or examines the current notice processor.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
typedef void (*PQnoticeReceiver) (void *arg, const PGresult *res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeReceiver
|
|
|
|
PQsetNoticeReceiver(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeReceiver proc,
|
|
|
|
void *arg);
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
typedef void (*PQnoticeProcessor) (void *arg, const char *message);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeProcessor
|
|
|
|
PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn,
|
|
|
|
PQnoticeProcessor proc,
|
|
|
|
void *arg);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each of these functions returns the previous notice receiver or processor
|
|
|
|
function pointer, and sets the new value.
|
|
|
|
If you supply a null function pointer, no action is taken,
|
|
|
|
but the current pointer is returned.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When a notice or warning message is received from the server, or generated
|
|
|
|
internally by <application>libpq</application>, the notice receiver function
|
|
|
|
is called. It is passed the message in the form of a
|
|
|
|
<symbol>PGRES_NONFATAL_ERROR</symbol> <structname>PGresult</structname>.
|
|
|
|
(This allows the receiver to extract individual fields using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultErrorField</>, or the complete preformatted message using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultErrorMessage</>.)
|
|
|
|
The same void pointer passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetNoticeReceiver</function> is also passed.
|
|
|
|
(This pointer can be used to access application-specific state if needed.)
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The default notice receiver simply extracts the message (using
|
|
|
|
<function>PQresultErrorMessage</>) and passes it to the notice processor.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-08-15 08:56:36 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
The notice processor is responsible for handling a notice or warning message
|
|
|
|
given in text form. It is passed the string text of the message
|
|
|
|
(including a trailing newline), plus
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
a void pointer that is the same one passed to
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetNoticeProcessor</function>.
|
1998-08-15 08:56:36 +02:00
|
|
|
(This pointer can be used to access application-specific state if needed.)
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-08-15 08:56:36 +02:00
|
|
|
The default notice processor is simply
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-08-15 08:56:36 +02:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2004-01-26 23:13:21 +01:00
|
|
|
defaultNoticeProcessor(void *arg, const char *message)
|
1998-08-15 08:56:36 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s", message);
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
Once you have set a notice receiver or processor, you should expect that that
|
|
|
|
function could be called as long as either the <structname>PGconn</> object or
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> objects made from it exist. At creation of a
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</>, the <structname>PGconn</>'s current notice handling
|
|
|
|
pointers are copied into the <structname>PGresult</> for possible use by
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
functions like <function>PQgetvalue</function>.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-envars">
|
|
|
|
<title>Environment Variables</title>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-envars">
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<primary>environment variable</primary>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
The following environment variables can be used to select default
|
2003-01-30 20:49:54 +01:00
|
|
|
connection parameter values, which will be used by
|
|
|
|
<function>PQconnectdb</>, <function>PQsetdbLogin</> and
|
|
|
|
<function>PQsetdb</> if no value is directly specified by the calling
|
|
|
|
code. These are useful to avoid hard-coding database connection
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
information into simple client applications, for example.
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGHOST</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGHOST</envar> sets the database server name.
|
2000-12-01 00:20:51 +01:00
|
|
|
If this begins with a slash, it specifies Unix-domain communication
|
|
|
|
rather than TCP/IP communication; the value is the name of the
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
directory in which the socket file is stored (default <filename>/tmp</filename>).
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGHOSTADDR</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGHOSTADDR</envar> specifies the numeric IP address of the database
|
|
|
|
server. This can be set instead of <envar>PGHOST</envar> to avoid DNS
|
|
|
|
lookup overhead. See the documentation of
|
|
|
|
these parameters, under <function>PQconnectdb</function> above, for details
|
|
|
|
on their interaction.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGPORT</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGPORT</envar> sets the TCP port number or Unix-domain
|
2000-12-01 00:20:51 +01:00
|
|
|
socket file extension for communicating with the
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server.
|
UUNET is looking into offering PostgreSQL as a part of a managed web
hosting product, on both shared and dedicated machines. We currently
offer Oracle and MySQL, and it would be a nice middle-ground.
However, as shipped, PostgreSQL lacks the following features we need
that MySQL has:
1. The ability to listen only on a particular IP address. Each
hosting customer has their own IP address, on which all of their
servers (http, ftp, real media, etc.) run.
2. The ability to place the Unix-domain socket in a mode 700 directory.
This allows us to automatically create an empty database, with an
empty DBA password, for new or upgrading customers without having
to interactively set a DBA password and communicate it to (or from)
the customer. This in turn cuts down our install and upgrade times.
3. The ability to connect to the Unix-domain socket from within a
change-rooted environment. We run CGI programs chrooted to the
user's home directory, which is another reason why we need to be
able to specify where the Unix-domain socket is, instead of /tmp.
4. The ability to, if run as root, open a pid file in /var/run as
root, and then setuid to the desired user. (mysqld -u can almost
do this; I had to patch it, too).
The patch below fixes problem 1-3. I plan to address #4, also, but
haven't done so yet. These diffs are big enough that they should give
the PG development team something to think about in the meantime :-)
Also, I'm about to leave for 2 weeks' vacation, so I thought I'd get
out what I have, which works (for the problems it tackles), now.
With these changes, we can set up and run PostgreSQL with scripts the
same way we can with apache or proftpd or mysql.
In summary, this patch makes the following enhancements:
1. Adds an environment variable PGUNIXSOCKET, analogous to MYSQL_UNIX_PORT,
and command line options -k --unix-socket to the relevant programs.
2. Adds a -h option to postmaster to set the hostname or IP address to
listen on instead of the default INADDR_ANY.
3. Extends some library interfaces to support the above.
4. Fixes a few memory leaks in PQconnectdb().
The default behavior is unchanged from stock 7.0.2; if you don't use
any of these new features, they don't change the operation.
David J. MacKenzie
2000-11-13 16:18:15 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGDATABASE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGDATABASE</envar> sets the
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> database name.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGUSER</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGUSER</envar>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sets the user name used to connect to the database.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGPASSWORD</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGPASSWORD</envar>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sets the password used if the server demands password
|
|
|
|
authentication. This environment variable is deprecated for security
|
|
|
|
reasons; consider migrating to use the <filename>$HOME/.pgpass</>
|
|
|
|
file (see <xref linkend="libpq-pgpass">).
|
2002-08-15 04:56:19 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSERVICE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSERVICE</envar>
|
|
|
|
sets the service name to be looked up in <filename>pg_service.conf</filename>.
|
|
|
|
This offers a shorthand way of setting all the parameters.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGREALM</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGREALM</envar> sets the Kerberos realm to use with
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname>, if it is different from the local realm.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
If <envar>PGREALM</envar> is set, <application>libpq</application>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
applications will attempt authentication with servers for this realm and use
|
|
|
|
separate ticket files to avoid conflicts with local
|
|
|
|
ticket files. This environment variable is only
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
used if Kerberos authentication is selected by the server.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGOPTIONS</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2002-03-22 20:20:45 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGOPTIONS</envar> sets additional run-time options for
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
At long last I put together a patch to support 4 client SSL negotiation
modes (and replace the requiressl boolean). The four options were first
spelled out by Magnus Hagander <mha@sollentuna.net> on 2000-08-23 in email
to pgsql-hackers, archived here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2000-08/msg00639.php
My original less-flexible patch and the ensuing thread are archived at:
http://dbforums.com/t623845.html
Attached is a new patch, including documentation.
To sum up, there's a new client parameter "sslmode" and environment
variable "PGSSLMODE", with these options:
sslmode description
------- -----------
disable Unencrypted non-SSL only
allow Negotiate, prefer non-SSL
prefer Negotiate, prefer SSL (default)
require Require SSL
The only change to the server is a new pg_hba.conf line type,
"hostnossl", for specifying connections that are not allowed to use SSL
(for example, to prevent servers on a local network from accidentally
using SSL and wasting cycles). Thus the 3 pg_hba.conf line types are:
pg_hba.conf line types
----------------------
host applies to either SSL or regular connections
hostssl applies only to SSL connections
hostnossl applies only to regular connections
These client and server options, the postgresql.conf ssl = false option,
and finally the possibility of compiling with no SSL support at all,
make quite a range of combinations to test. I threw together a test
script to try many of them out. It's in a separate tarball with its
config files, a patch to psql so it'll announce SSL connections even in
absence of a tty, and the test output. The test is especially informative
when run on the same tty the postmaster was started on, so the FATAL:
errors during negotiation are interleaved with the psql client output.
I saw Tom write that new submissions for 7.4 have to be in before midnight
local time, and since I'm on the east coast in the US, this just makes it
in before the bell. :)
Jon Jensen
2003-07-26 15:50:02 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGSSLMODE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<envar>PGSSLMODE</envar> determines whether and with what priority an
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection will be negotiated with the server. There are
|
|
|
|
four modes: <literal>disable</> will attempt only an unencrypted
|
|
|
|
<acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>allow</> will negotiate,
|
|
|
|
trying first a non-<acronym>SSL</> connection, then if that fails,
|
|
|
|
trying an <acronym>SSL</> connection; <literal>prefer</>
|
|
|
|
(the default) will negotiate, trying first an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection, then if that fails, trying a regular non-<acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection; <literal>require</> will try only an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection. If <productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled without SSL support,
|
|
|
|
using option <literal>require</> will cause an error, and options
|
|
|
|
<literal>allow</> and <literal>prefer</> will be tolerated but
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> will be unable to negotiate an <acronym>SSL</>
|
|
|
|
connection.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGREQUIRESSL</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-01-30 20:49:54 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGREQUIRESSL</envar> sets whether or not the connection must be
|
|
|
|
made over <acronym>SSL</acronym>. If set to
|
|
|
|
<quote>1</quote>, <application>libpq</>
|
|
|
|
will refuse to connect if the server does not accept
|
At long last I put together a patch to support 4 client SSL negotiation
modes (and replace the requiressl boolean). The four options were first
spelled out by Magnus Hagander <mha@sollentuna.net> on 2000-08-23 in email
to pgsql-hackers, archived here:
http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-hackers/2000-08/msg00639.php
My original less-flexible patch and the ensuing thread are archived at:
http://dbforums.com/t623845.html
Attached is a new patch, including documentation.
To sum up, there's a new client parameter "sslmode" and environment
variable "PGSSLMODE", with these options:
sslmode description
------- -----------
disable Unencrypted non-SSL only
allow Negotiate, prefer non-SSL
prefer Negotiate, prefer SSL (default)
require Require SSL
The only change to the server is a new pg_hba.conf line type,
"hostnossl", for specifying connections that are not allowed to use SSL
(for example, to prevent servers on a local network from accidentally
using SSL and wasting cycles). Thus the 3 pg_hba.conf line types are:
pg_hba.conf line types
----------------------
host applies to either SSL or regular connections
hostssl applies only to SSL connections
hostnossl applies only to regular connections
These client and server options, the postgresql.conf ssl = false option,
and finally the possibility of compiling with no SSL support at all,
make quite a range of combinations to test. I threw together a test
script to try many of them out. It's in a separate tarball with its
config files, a patch to psql so it'll announce SSL connections even in
absence of a tty, and the test output. The test is especially informative
when run on the same tty the postmaster was started on, so the FATAL:
errors during negotiation are interleaved with the psql client output.
I saw Tom write that new submissions for 7.4 have to be in before midnight
local time, and since I'm on the east coast in the US, this just makes it
in before the bell. :)
Jon Jensen
2003-07-26 15:50:02 +02:00
|
|
|
an <acronym>SSL</acronym> connection (equivalent to <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
<literal>prefer</>).
|
|
|
|
This option is deprecated in favor of the <literal>sslmode</>
|
|
|
|
setting, and is only available if
|
2003-01-30 20:49:54 +01:00
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</> is compiled with SSL support.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-01-30 20:49:54 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT</envar> sets the maximum number of seconds
|
|
|
|
that <application>libpq</application> will wait when attempting to
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
connect to the <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> server. If unset
|
|
|
|
or set to zero, <application>libpq</application> will wait indefinitely.
|
|
|
|
It is not recommended to set the timeout to less than 2 seconds.
|
2003-01-30 20:49:54 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
The following environment variables can be used to specify default
|
2003-06-21 23:51:35 +02:00
|
|
|
behavior for each <productname>PostgreSQL</productname> session.
|
|
|
|
(See also the <command>ALTER USER</> and <command>ALTER DATABASE</>
|
|
|
|
commands for ways to set default behavior on a per-user or per-database
|
|
|
|
basis.)
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGDATESTYLE</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGDATESTYLE</envar>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
sets the default style of date/time representation.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
(Equivalent to <literal>SET datestyle TO ...</literal>.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGTZ</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGTZ</envar>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
sets the default time zone.
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
(Equivalent to <literal>SET timezone TO ...</literal>.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGCLIENTENCODING</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGCLIENTENCODING</envar>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sets the default client character set encoding.
|
|
|
|
(Equivalent to <literal>SET client_encoding TO ...</literal>.)
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-04-28 06:29:12 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm>
|
|
|
|
<primary><envar>PGGEQO</envar></primary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
1999-11-11 22:52:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<envar>PGGEQO</envar>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
sets the default mode for the genetic query optimizer.
|
|
|
|
(Equivalent to <literal>SET geqo TO ...</literal>.)
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
Refer to the <acronym>SQL</acronym> command <command>SET</command>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
for information on correct values for these environment variables.
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1998-10-05 06:11:47 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<title>The Password File</title>
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<primary>password file</primary>
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-pgpass">
|
|
|
|
<primary>.pgpass</primary>
|
2002-11-03 02:30:46 +01:00
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The file <filename>.pgpass</filename> in a user's home directory is a file
|
|
|
|
that can contain passwords to be used if the connection requires a
|
|
|
|
password (and no password has been specified otherwise).
|
|
|
|
This file should have lines of the following format:
|
2002-11-11 21:14:04 +01:00
|
|
|
<synopsis>
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>:<replaceable>port</replaceable>:<replaceable>database</replaceable>:<replaceable>username</replaceable>:<replaceable>password</replaceable>
|
2002-11-11 21:14:04 +01:00
|
|
|
</synopsis>
|
2003-04-28 21:30:49 +02:00
|
|
|
Each of the first four fields may be a literal value, or <literal>*</literal>,
|
|
|
|
which
|
|
|
|
matches anything. The password field from the first line that matches the
|
|
|
|
current connection parameters will be used. (Therefore, put more-specific
|
|
|
|
entries first when you are using wildcards.)
|
|
|
|
If an entry needs to contain <literal>:</literal> or
|
|
|
|
<literal>\</literal>, escape this character with <literal>\</literal>.
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2002-11-03 02:30:46 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2002-11-11 21:14:04 +01:00
|
|
|
The permissions on <filename>.pgpass</filename> must disallow any
|
2002-11-03 02:30:46 +01:00
|
|
|
access to world or group; achieve this by the command
|
2002-12-13 06:49:10 +01:00
|
|
|
<command>chmod 0600 ~/.pgpass</command>.
|
2002-11-03 02:30:46 +01:00
|
|
|
If the permissions are less strict than this, the file will be ignored.
|
2002-11-11 21:14:04 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2002-09-06 00:05:50 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-threading">
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Behavior in Threaded Programs</title>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-05-13 00:51:36 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-threading">
|
|
|
|
<primary>threads</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>with libpq</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-11-12 23:47:47 +01:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> is reentrant and thread-safe if the
|
|
|
|
<filename>configure</filename> command-line option
|
2003-12-14 00:59:07 +01:00
|
|
|
<literal>--enable-thread-safety</> has been used when the
|
|
|
|
<productname>PostgreSQL</productname> distribution was built. In
|
|
|
|
addition, you might need to use additional compiler command-line
|
|
|
|
options when you compile your application code. Refer to your
|
|
|
|
system's documentation for information about how to build
|
|
|
|
thread-enabled applications.
|
2003-06-14 01:10:08 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
One restriction is that no two threads attempt to manipulate the same
|
|
|
|
<structname>PGconn</> object at the same time. In particular, you cannot
|
|
|
|
issue concurrent commands from different threads through the same
|
2004-01-09 03:02:43 +01:00
|
|
|
connection object. (If you need to run concurrent commands, use
|
2003-06-14 01:10:08 +02:00
|
|
|
multiple connections.)
|
2002-01-18 21:32:54 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-06-14 01:10:08 +02:00
|
|
|
<structname>PGresult</> objects are read-only after creation, and so can be
|
|
|
|
passed around freely between threads.
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
The deprecated functions <function>PQoidStatus</function> and
|
|
|
|
<function>fe_setauthsvc</function> are not thread-safe and should not be
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
used in multithread programs. <function>PQoidStatus</function> can be
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
replaced by <function>PQoidValue</function>. There is no good reason to
|
|
|
|
call <function>fe_setauthsvc</function> at all.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-18 21:39:04 +01:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> applications that use the
|
|
|
|
<literal>crypt</literal> authentication method rely on the
|
|
|
|
<literal>crypt()</literal> operating system function, which is often
|
|
|
|
not thread-safe.<indexterm><primary>crypt</><secondary>thread
|
|
|
|
safety</></> It is better to use the <literal>md5</literal> method,
|
2004-03-24 04:45:00 +01:00
|
|
|
which is thread-safe on all platforms.
|
2002-01-18 21:39:04 +01:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
2004-01-09 03:02:43 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</application> must ignore <literal>SIGPIPE</> signals
|
|
|
|
generated internally by <function>send()</> calls to backend processes.
|
|
|
|
When <productname>PostgreSQL</> is configured without
|
|
|
|
<literal>--enable-thread-safety</>, <application>libpq</> sets
|
|
|
|
<literal>SIGPIPE</> to <literal>SIG_IGN</> before each
|
|
|
|
<function>send()</> call and restores the original signal handler after
|
|
|
|
completion. When <literal>--enable-thread-safety</> is used,
|
|
|
|
<application>libpq</> installs its own <literal>SIGPIPE</> handler
|
|
|
|
before the first database connection if no custom <literal>SIGPIPE</>
|
|
|
|
handler has been installed previously. This handler uses thread-local
|
|
|
|
storage to determine if a <literal>SIGPIPE</> signal has been generated
|
2004-03-11 03:39:10 +01:00
|
|
|
by a libpq <function>send()</>. If an application wants to install
|
2004-01-09 03:02:43 +01:00
|
|
|
its own <literal>SIGPIPE</> signal handler, it should call
|
|
|
|
<function>PQinSend()</> to determine if it should ignore the
|
|
|
|
<literal>SIGPIPE</> signal. This function is available in both
|
|
|
|
thread-safe and non-thread-safe versions of <application>libpq</>.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
2000-03-11 04:09:28 +01:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-build">
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
<title>Building <application>libpq</application> Programs</title>
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<indexterm zone="libpq-build">
|
|
|
|
<primary>compiling</primary>
|
|
|
|
<secondary>libpq applications</secondary>
|
|
|
|
</indexterm>
|
|
|
|
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
To build (i.e., compile and link) your <application>libpq</application> programs you need to
|
2001-09-04 02:18:18 +02:00
|
|
|
do all of the following things:
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Include the <filename>libpq-fe.h</filename> header file:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
2001-09-04 02:18:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <libpq-fe.h>
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
If you failed to do that then you will normally get error
|
2001-09-04 02:18:18 +02:00
|
|
|
messages from your compiler similar to
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
foo.c: In function `main':
|
|
|
|
foo.c:34: `PGconn' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:35: `PGresult' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:54: `CONNECTION_BAD' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:68: `PGRES_COMMAND_OK' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
foo.c:95: `PGRES_TUPLES_OK' undeclared (first use in this function)
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-21 06:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
Point your compiler to the directory where the <productname>PostgreSQL</> header
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
files were installed, by supplying the
|
|
|
|
<literal>-I<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> option
|
|
|
|
to your compiler. (In some cases the compiler will look into
|
|
|
|
the directory in question by default, so you can omit this
|
|
|
|
option.) For instance, your compile command line could look
|
|
|
|
like:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
cc -c -I/usr/local/pgsql/include testprog.c
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
If you are using makefiles then add the option to the
|
|
|
|
<varname>CPPFLAGS</varname> variable:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
CPPFLAGS += -I/usr/local/pgsql/include
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
If there is any chance that your program might be compiled by
|
|
|
|
other users then you should not hardcode the directory location
|
|
|
|
like that. Instead, you can run the utility
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
<command>pg_config</command><indexterm><primary>pg_config</><secondary
|
|
|
|
sortas="libpq">with libpq</></> to find out where the header
|
|
|
|
files are on the local system:
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
<prompt>$</prompt> pg_config --includedir
|
|
|
|
<computeroutput>/usr/local/include</computeroutput>
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Failure to specify the correct option to the compiler will
|
|
|
|
result in an error message such as
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.c:8:22: libpq-fe.h: No such file or directory
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<listitem>
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
When linking the final program, specify the option
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<literal>-lpq</literal> so that the <application>libpq</application> library gets pulled
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
in, as well as the option
|
|
|
|
<literal>-L<replaceable>directory</replaceable></literal> to
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
point the compiler to the directory where the <application>libpq</application> library resides. (Again, the
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
compiler will search some directories by default.) For maximum
|
|
|
|
portability, put the <option>-L</option> option before the
|
|
|
|
<option>-lpq</option> option. For example:
|
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
|
|
|
cc -o testprog testprog1.o testprog2.o -L/usr/local/pgsql/lib -lpq
|
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
You can find out the library directory using
|
|
|
|
<command>pg_config</command> as well:
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
<prompt>$</prompt> pg_config --libdir
|
|
|
|
<computeroutput>/usr/local/pgsql/lib</computeroutput>
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
Error messages that point to problems in this area could look
|
|
|
|
like the following.
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o: In function `main':
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0x60): undefined reference to `PQsetdbLogin'
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0x71): undefined reference to `PQstatus'
|
|
|
|
testlibpq.o(.text+0xa4): undefined reference to `PQerrorMessage'
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
|
|
|
This means you forgot <option>-lpq</option>.
|
|
|
|
<screen>
|
|
|
|
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lpq
|
|
|
|
</screen>
|
2003-03-13 02:30:29 +01:00
|
|
|
This means you forgot the <option>-L</option> option or did not specify
|
|
|
|
the right directory.
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
</listitem>
|
|
|
|
</itemizedlist>
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<para>
|
2001-11-12 20:19:39 +01:00
|
|
|
<indexterm><primary>libpq-int.h</></>
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
If your codes references the header file
|
|
|
|
<filename>libpq-int.h</filename> and you refuse to fix your code to
|
2001-11-21 06:53:41 +01:00
|
|
|
not use it, starting in <productname>PostgreSQL</> 7.2, this file will be found in
|
2001-08-28 16:20:28 +02:00
|
|
|
<filename><replaceable>includedir</replaceable>/postgresql/internal/libpq-int.h</filename>,
|
|
|
|
so you need to add the appropriate <option>-I</option> option to
|
|
|
|
your compiler command line.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<sect1 id="libpq-example">
|
|
|
|
<title>Example Programs</title>
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
<para>
|
|
|
|
These examples and others can be found in the
|
|
|
|
directory <filename>src/test/examples</filename> in the source code
|
|
|
|
distribution.
|
|
|
|
</para>
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-1">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 1</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq.c
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test the C version of LIBPQ, the POSTGRES frontend library.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
int nFields;
|
|
|
|
int i,
|
|
|
|
j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
|
|
|
|
* the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
|
|
|
|
* and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
|
|
|
|
* parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = template1";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", PQdb(conn));
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Our test case here involves using a cursor, for which we must be
|
|
|
|
* inside a transaction block. We could do the whole thing with a
|
|
|
|
* single PQexec() of "select * from pg_database", but that's too
|
|
|
|
* trivial to make a good example.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start a transaction block */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "BEGIN");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "BEGIN command failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Should PQclear PGresult whenever it is no longer needed to avoid
|
|
|
|
* memory leaks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Fetch rows from pg_database, the system catalog of databases
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "DECLARE myportal CURSOR FOR select * from pg_database");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "DECLARE CURSOR failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "FETCH ALL in myportal");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "FETCH ALL failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* first, print out the attribute names */
|
|
|
|
nFields = PQnfields(res);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nFields; i++)
|
|
|
|
printf("%-15s", PQfname(res, i));
|
|
|
|
printf("\n\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* next, print out the rows */
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < nFields; j++)
|
|
|
|
printf("%-15s", PQgetvalue(res, i, j));
|
|
|
|
printf("\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* close the portal ... we don't bother to check for errors ... */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "CLOSE myportal");
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* end the transaction */
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "END");
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-2">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 2</title>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq2.c
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test of the asynchronous notification interface
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* Start this program, then from psql in another window do
|
|
|
|
* NOTIFY TBL2;
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* Repeat four times to get this program to exit.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* Or, if you want to get fancy, try this:
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* populate a database with the following commands
|
|
|
|
* (provided in src/test/examples/testlibpq2.sql):
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE TBL1 (i int4);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE TBL2 (i int4);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-05-21 02:36:46 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE RULE r1 AS ON INSERT TO TBL1 DO
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* (INSERT INTO TBL2 VALUES (new.i); NOTIFY TBL2);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* and do this four times:
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO TBL1 VALUES (10);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <errno.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/time.h>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
PGnotify *notify;
|
|
|
|
int nnotifies;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
|
|
|
|
* the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
|
|
|
|
* and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
|
|
|
|
* parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = template1";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", PQdb(conn));
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Issue LISTEN command to enable notifications from the rule's NOTIFY.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
res = PQexec(conn, "LISTEN TBL2");
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "LISTEN command failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* should PQclear PGresult whenever it is no longer needed to avoid
|
|
|
|
* memory leaks
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Quit after four notifies are received. */
|
|
|
|
nnotifies = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (nnotifies < 4)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Sleep until something happens on the connection. We use select(2)
|
|
|
|
* to wait for input, but you could also use poll() or similar
|
|
|
|
* facilities.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int sock;
|
|
|
|
fd_set input_mask;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sock = PQsocket(conn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sock < 0)
|
|
|
|
break; /* shouldn't happen */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FD_ZERO(&input_mask);
|
|
|
|
FD_SET(sock, &input_mask);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (select(sock + 1, &input_mask, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 0)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "select() failed: %s\n", strerror(errno));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now check for input */
|
|
|
|
PQconsumeInput(conn);
|
|
|
|
while ((notify = PQnotifies(conn)) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr,
|
|
|
|
"ASYNC NOTIFY of '%s' received from backend pid %d\n",
|
|
|
|
notify->relname, notify->be_pid);
|
|
|
|
PQfreemem(notify);
|
|
|
|
nnotifies++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Done.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
<example id="libpq-example-3">
|
2001-09-10 23:58:47 +02:00
|
|
|
<title><application>libpq</application> Example Program 3</>
|
1998-03-01 09:16:16 +01:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
<programlisting>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* testlibpq3.c
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
* Test out-of-line parameters and binary I/O.
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* Before running this, populate a database with the following commands
|
|
|
|
* (provided in src/test/examples/testlibpq3.sql):
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* CREATE TABLE test1 (i int4, t text, b bytea);
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO test1 values (1, 'joe''s place', '\\000\\001\\002\\003\\004');
|
|
|
|
* INSERT INTO test1 values (2, 'ho there', '\\004\\003\\002\\001\\000');
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* The expected output is:
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
* tuple 0: got
|
|
|
|
* i = (4 bytes) 1
|
|
|
|
* t = (11 bytes) 'joe's place'
|
|
|
|
* b = (5 bytes) \000\001\002\003\004
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
#include "libpq-fe.h"
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
/* for ntohl/htonl */
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <arpa/inet.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
1998-10-15 07:47:04 +02:00
|
|
|
exit_nicely(PGconn *conn)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
exit(1);
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-22 02:29:29 +02:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-08-31 19:32:24 +02:00
|
|
|
const char *conninfo;
|
|
|
|
PGconn *conn;
|
|
|
|
PGresult *res;
|
|
|
|
const char *paramValues[1];
|
|
|
|
int i,
|
|
|
|
j;
|
|
|
|
int i_fnum,
|
|
|
|
t_fnum,
|
|
|
|
b_fnum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the user supplies a parameter on the command line, use it as
|
|
|
|
* the conninfo string; otherwise default to setting dbname=template1
|
|
|
|
* and using environment variables or defaults for all other connection
|
|
|
|
* parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (argc > 1)
|
|
|
|
conninfo = argv[1];
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
conninfo = "dbname = template1";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a connection to the database */
|
|
|
|
conn = PQconnectdb(conninfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see that the backend connection was successfully made */
|
|
|
|
if (PQstatus(conn) != CONNECTION_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "Connection to database '%s' failed.\n", PQdb(conn));
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "%s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The point of this program is to illustrate use of PQexecParams()
|
|
|
|
* with out-of-line parameters, as well as binary transmission of
|
|
|
|
* results. By using out-of-line parameters we can avoid a lot of
|
|
|
|
* tedious mucking about with quoting and escaping. Notice how we
|
|
|
|
* don't have to do anything special with the quote mark in the
|
|
|
|
* parameter value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here is our out-of-line parameter value */
|
|
|
|
paramValues[0] = "joe's place";
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
res = PQexecParams(conn,
|
|
|
|
"SELECT * FROM test1 WHERE t = $1",
|
|
|
|
1, /* one param */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* let the backend deduce param type */
|
|
|
|
paramValues,
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* don't need param lengths since text */
|
|
|
|
NULL, /* default to all text params */
|
|
|
|
1); /* ask for binary results */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (PQresultStatus(res) != PGRES_TUPLES_OK)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "SELECT failed: %s", PQerrorMessage(conn));
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
exit_nicely(conn);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Use PQfnumber to avoid assumptions about field order in result */
|
|
|
|
i_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "i");
|
|
|
|
t_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "t");
|
|
|
|
b_fnum = PQfnumber(res, "b");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < PQntuples(res); i++)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
char *iptr;
|
|
|
|
char *tptr;
|
|
|
|
char *bptr;
|
|
|
|
int blen;
|
|
|
|
int ival;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the field values (we ignore possibility they are null!) */
|
|
|
|
iptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, i_fnum);
|
|
|
|
tptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, t_fnum);
|
|
|
|
bptr = PQgetvalue(res, i, b_fnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The binary representation of INT4 is in network byte order,
|
|
|
|
* which we'd better coerce to the local byte order.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ival = ntohl(*((uint32_t *) iptr));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The binary representation of TEXT is, well, text, and since
|
|
|
|
* libpq was nice enough to append a zero byte to it, it'll work
|
|
|
|
* just fine as a C string.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* The binary representation of BYTEA is a bunch of bytes, which
|
|
|
|
* could include embedded nulls so we have to pay attention to
|
|
|
|
* field length.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
blen = PQgetlength(res, i, b_fnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
printf("tuple %d: got\n", i);
|
|
|
|
printf(" i = (%d bytes) %d\n",
|
|
|
|
PQgetlength(res, i, i_fnum), ival);
|
|
|
|
printf(" t = (%d bytes) '%s'\n",
|
|
|
|
PQgetlength(res, i, t_fnum), tptr);
|
|
|
|
printf(" b = (%d bytes) ", blen);
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < blen; j++)
|
|
|
|
printf("\\%03o", bptr[j]);
|
|
|
|
printf("\n\n");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PQclear(res);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* close the connection to the database and cleanup */
|
|
|
|
PQfinish(conn);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
1998-10-10 19:12:18 +02:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</programlisting>
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</example>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-03 21:16:17 +02:00
|
|
|
</sect1>
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
</chapter>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
|
|
|
|
Local variables:
|
|
|
|
mode:sgml
|
|
|
|
sgml-omittag:nil
|
|
|
|
sgml-shorttag:t
|
|
|
|
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
|
|
|
|
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
|
|
|
|
sgml-indent-step:1
|
|
|
|
sgml-indent-data:t
|
|
|
|
sgml-parent-document:nil
|
|
|
|
sgml-default-dtd-file:"./reference.ced"
|
|
|
|
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
|
2000-03-31 05:27:42 +02:00
|
|
|
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
|
1999-12-06 17:38:25 +01:00
|
|
|
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
|
|
|
|
End:
|
|
|
|
-->
|